Clinical trial NCT02573233
Conditions: Asthma
Sponsor: Sanofi
Start date: 2016-01-27; Completion date: 2018-01-03
Enrollment: 42 participants; Allocation: RANDOMIZED; Intervention model: PARALLEL

Brief summary:
Primary Objective:

To evaluate the effect of dupilumab, compared to placebo, on airway inflammation in participants with persistent asthma.

Secondary Objective:

To assess the safety, tolerability, and immunogenicity of dupilumab compared to placebo.

Detailed description:
The total study duration for each participant was between approximately 29 and maximum of 30 weeks, consisting of a screening period of 5 weeks and optional up to 7 additional days, a treatment period of 12 weeks, and a post-treatment period of 12 weeks.

Participants who completed the treatment period could be eligible to participate in an open-label extension study.

Arms: arm 1: Placebo (for dupilumab), 2 subcutaneous injections on Day 1 (Week 1) as a loading dose followed by a single injection q2w from Week 2 to Week 14, added to stable inhaled corticosteroid/ long-acting beta-agonist (ICS/LABA) therapy. Salbutamol/albuterol or Levosalbutamol/levalbuterol was given as reliever medication. arm 2: Dupilumab, 2 subcutaneous injections on Day 1 as a loading dose for a total of 600 mg, followed by a single 300 mg injection q2w from Week 2 to Week 14, added to stable ICS/LABA therapy. Salbutamol/albuterol or Levosalbutamol/levalbuterol was given as reliever medication.
Interventions: intervention 1: Placebo intervention 2: Dupilumab SAR231893/REGN668 intervention 3: fluticasone propionate and salmeterol intervention 4: budesonide and formoterol intervention 5: mometasone furoate and formoterol
Intervention descriptions: intervention 1: Pharmaceutical form:solution Route of administration: subcutaneous intervention 2: Pharmaceutical form:solution Route of administration: subcutaneous intervention 3: Pharmaceutical form:inhalation aerosol, inhalation powder Route of administration: inhaled intervention 4: Pharmaceutical form:inhalation aerosol Route of administration: inhaled intervention 5: Pharmaceutical form:inhalation aerosol Route of administration: inhaled

Protocol documents:
Prot_000.pdf: 
Any and all information presented in this document shall be treated as confidential and shall remain the exclusive property of Sanofi (or any of its 
affiliated companies). The use of such confidential information must be restricted to the recipient for the agreed purpose and must not be 
disclosed, published or otherwise communicated to any unauthorized persons, for any reason, in any form whatsoever without the prior written 
consent of Sanofi (or the concerned affiliated company); ‘affiliated company’ means any corporation, partnership or other entity which at the date 
of communication or afterwards (i) controls directly or indirectly Sanofi, (ii) is directly or indirectly controlled by Sanofi, with ‘control’ meaning 
direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the capital stock or the voting rights in such corporation, partnership or other entity 
According to template: QSD-003152 VERSION N°3.0 (04-FEB-2016) 
Page 1 
AMENDED CLINICAL TRIAL PROTOCOL 02 
Incorporating Protocol Amendment 05 
COMPOUND: dupilumab / SAR231893 
An exploratory, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the effects 
of dupilumab on airway inflammation of adults with persistent asthma 
STUDY NUMBER: PDY14192 
VERSION DATE / STATUS: 23-Nov-2016  / Approved 
STUDY NAME: EXPEDITION 
CLINICAL STUDY DIRECTORS: 
 , 
  and 
, 
Protocol Amendment 05 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date: 23-Nov-2016 
Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 01 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date: 18-Feb-2016 
Protocol Amendment 04  
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date: 18-Feb-2016 
Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 01-United 
Kingdom  
Version number: 1 (electronic 2.0) 
Date: 19-Nov-2015 
Protocol Amendment 03-United Kingdom  
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date: 19-Nov-2015 
Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 01-
Germany 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date : 02-Nov-2015 
Protocol Amendment 02-Germany 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date :02-Nov-2015 
Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 01-Canada 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date : 10-Sep-2015 
Protocol Amendment 01-Canada 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date : 10-Sep-2015 
Clinical Trial Protocol 
Version number: 1 (electronic 1.0) 
Date : 16-Jul-2015 
Version Number:  1 
EudraCT No.:  
IND Number: 
2015-001572-22 
105379 
UTN Number:  
U1111-1170-7168 
Date: 23-Nov-2016  
Total number of pages: 
112 
(electronic 
 
2.0)
(electronic 1.0)
NCT number: NCT02573233 


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02 
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group- strictly confidential 
Page 2 
NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF 
COORDINATING 
INVESTIGATOR 
Name: 
Address: 
Tel: 
Fax: 
E-mail: 
MONITORING TEAM’S 
REPRESENTATIVE 
Name: 
Address: 
Tel: 
Fax: 
E-mail: 
SPONSOR 
Company: 
Address: 
OTHER EMERGENCY 
TELEPHONE NUMBERS 
(electronic 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 1.0)
Type here
Type here
Type here
Type here


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02 
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group- strictly confidential 
Page 3 
CLINICAL TRIAL SUMMARY 
COMPOUND: dupilumab  
STUDY No: PDY14192  
STUDY NAME: EXPEDITION 
TITLE 
An exploratory, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the 
effects of dupilumab on airway inflammation of adults with persistent asthma 
INVESTIGATOR/TRIAL LOCATION 
North America and Europe 
PHASE OF DEVELOPMENT 
2a 
STUDY OBJECTIVE(S) 
Main Objective 
•
To evaluate the effect of dupilumab, compared to placebo, on
airway inflammation in patients with persistent asthma. 
Additional Objective 
•
To assess safety, tolerability and immunogenicity of dupilumab
compared to placebo. 
Exploratory Objectives  
•
To explore the effects of dupilumab, compared to placebo, in
patients with persistent asthma on: 
- 
Pulmonary function and asthma control, 
- 
T-helper cell 2 (Th2)-associated biomarkers in peripheral blood  
•
To explore the pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic relationship of
the inflammatory biomarkers. 
•
To evaluate the relationship between the baseline characteristics of
patients (eg, demographics, clinical status, clinical lab values, 
biomarkers, and genetic profiles) and treatment responses. 
STUDY DESIGN 
•
Phase 2a, multicenter, exploratory, randomized, double-blind,
placebo-controlled, parallel group study of repeated doses of
dupilumab administered subcutaneously (SC) in patients with
persistent asthma.
•
During the study, patients will undergo 2 bronchoscopy procedures
for the collection of bronchial biopsy, brushing and lavage samples
before treatment and at the end of the treatment period.
•
Dupilumab is used as add-on therapy to inhaled corticosteroid (ICS)
in combination with long-acting beta-agonists (LABA).
•
The clinical trial consists of three parts:
- 
Screening  5 weeks (and potentially additional up to 7 days for
confirmation of eligibility or scheduling of bronchoscopy)   
- 
Randomized Treatment Period (12 weeks)
- 
Post-Treatment Period (12 weeks) for patients not participating
in the open label extension study 
•
Eligible patients, who complete the treatment period, including the
end-of-treatment assessments, will be offered the opportunity to 
participate in an open label extension (OLE) study with dupilumab. 
(electronic 
 
2.0)
(electronic 1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02 
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group- strictly confidential 
Page 4 
STUDY POPULATION  
Main selection criteria 
Inclusion criteria  
•
Male and female adults with a physician diagnosis of asthma for
≥12 months (Global Initiative for Asthma, GINA, 2015 Guidelines).
•
Existing treatment with medium to high dose ICS (≥250 mcg of
fluticasone propionate twice daily or equipotent ICS daily dosage to
a maximum of 2000 mcg/day of fluticasone propionate or
equivalent) in combination with a LABA for at least 3 months with a
stable dose ≥1 month prior to Visit 1.
- 
Existing treatment with a third asthma controller (eg,
long-acting muscarinic antagonist [LAMA], leukotriene receptor 
antagonist [LTRA]) for at least 3 months with a stable dose 
≥1 month prior to Visit 1 is allowed. 
•
Pre-bronchodilator forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1)
55 to 85% of predicted normal at Visit 1.
•
Signed informed consent.
Exclusion criteria 
•
Patients <18 years or >65 years old.
•
Fractional exhaled nitric oxide (FeNO)<26 ppb at Visit 1.
•
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or other lung diseases
(eg, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, eosinophilic granulomatosis with
polyangiitis [Churg-Strauss Syndrome], etc) which may impair lung
function.
•
A patient who experiences an asthma exacerbation that results in
emergency treatment, hospitalization due to asthma, or treatment
with systemic steroids at any time from 1 month prior to Visit 1.
•
Evidence of lung disease(s) other than asthma, either clinical
evidence or imaging (chest X-ray, computed tomography [CT],
magnetic resonance imaging [MRI]) within 12 months of Visit 1 or at
the screening visit, as per local standard of care.
•
A patient who has experienced an upper or lower respiratory tract
infection within the 4 weeks prior to Visit 1.
•
Previous smoker (smoking history >10 pack-years) or current
smoker (within 6 months prior to Visit 1).
•
Comorbid disease that might interfere with the evaluation of IMP or
conduct of study procedures (eg, bronchoscopy).
•
Anti-immunoglobulin E (IgE) therapy (omalizumab) or any other
biologic therapy within 130 days of Visit 1.
•
Exposure to another investigative study medication within a time
period prior to Visit 1 that is less than 5 half-lives of the study
medication.
•
Treatment with systemic (oral or injectable) corticosteroids within
28  days of Visit 1
Total expected number of patients 
Approximately 42 patients to be randomized (21 per group) with at least 
21 patients receiving treatment with high dose ICS and no more than 
8 patients with blood eosinophils<150 cells/µL. 
(electronic 
 
2.0)
(electronic 1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02 
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group- strictly confidential 
Page 5 
STUDY TREATMENT(s) 
Investigational medicinal 
product(s) 
Formulation 
Dupilumab (SAR231893/REGN668) or matching placebo  
(randomization 1:1) 
•
Dupilumab: 150 mg/mL in pre-filled syringe to deliver 300 mg in
2 mL. 
•
Placebo: Pre-filled syringe to deliver 2 mL.
Route(s) of administration 
Subcutaneous (SC) 
Dose regimen 
Highest dose to be used in Phase 3: 300 mg SC every 2 weeks (q2w)   
Patients are treated for 12 weeks, receiving a loading dose of 600 mg on 
Day 1 followed by five 300 mg q2w SC administrations of dupilumab or 
matching volumes of placebo. 
Noninvestigational medicinal 
product(s) (if applicable) 
Formulation 
Inhaled corticosteroid in combination with other controllers 
•
Patient to continue stable medication with formulation as per label
Reliever Medication: albuterol/salbutamol or levalbuterol/levosalbutamol 
•
Formulation as per label
Prednisone or Prednisolone 
•
Tablets or Capsules
Route(s) of administration 
Oral inhalation, nebulizer: ICS, ICS combination, albuterol/salbutamol; For 
other background controllers: according to label 
Prednisone or Prednisolone: oral 
Dose regimen 
Inhaled corticosteroid in combination with other controllers 
Screening Period 
Prior to and during the Screening Period, patients must be on a stable dose of 
medium to high dose ICS in combination with LABA. Patients requiring a third 
controller are allowed to participate in this study. The third controller should 
also be used for at least 3 months with a stable dose ≥1 month prior to 
Visit 1(patients requiring oral steroids as controller medication or biologics are 
excluded).  
Randomized Treatment Period 
During this period, patients will continue taking their controller medication(s). 
Post-treatment Period 
Upon completing the Randomized Treatment Period, patients will continue 
treatment with the controller medication regimen and dose used during the 
randomized period, which could be adjusted based on the medical judgment 
of the Investigator of the patients‘ asthma control status. 
Reliever Medication 
Patients may administer albuterol/salbutamol or levalbuterol/levosalbutamol 
metered dose inhaler (MDI) as reliever medication as needed during the 
study. Nebulizer solutions may be used as an alternative delivery method. 
(electronic 
 
2.0)
(electronic 1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group- strictly confidential 
Page 6 
Prednisone or Prednisolone 
Following the bronchoscopy procedure, patients will receive 40 mg daily for 
3 days to prevent procedure-induced asthma exacerbations.  
Prednisone/prednisolone treatment may be extended to 5 days as clinically 
indicated. 
ENDPOINT(S) 
 
Main Endpoints: 
• 
Change from baseline in numbers of the following inflammatory 
cells in the bronchial submucosa (per square millimeter) at 
12 weeks: 
- 
Eosinophils, 
- 
Mast cells, 
- 
Total T-lymphocytes, 
- 
T-helper lymphocytes. 
• 
Change from baseline in mucin-stained area in the bronchial 
mucosa (per square millimeter) at 12 weeks 
Additional Endpoints: 
Pharmacodynamics: 
• 
Absolute change from baseline in fractional exhaled nitric oxide 
(FeNO) at 12 weeks. 
• 
Absolute change from baseline in average FeNO from 6 to 
12 weeks.  
Pharmacokinetics: 
• 
Serum functional dupilumab concentrations. 
Safety: 
• 
Adverse events (AE), Vital signs, Physical examination, 
Electrocardiogram (ECG), Clinical laboratory tests. 
• 
Anti-drug antibodies (ADA). 
Exploratory Endpoints and Analyses: 
Efficacy: 
• 
Lung function will be assessed by the following: 
- 
Change from baseline in spirometry including forced expiratory 
volume (FEV1), 
- 
Change from baseline in AM/PM Peak Expiratory Flow (PEF). 
• 
Asthma control will be assessed by the following: 
• 
Patient-reported symptoms: Change from baseline in Asthma 
Control Questionnaire 5-question version (ACQ-5) score. 
Pharmacodynamics / Pharmacogenetics / Mechanistic Analyses: 
• 
Peripheral blood and bronchoscopy samples, including 
bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (BALF), bronchial brushings and 
bronchial biopsies, will be collected and archived up to 15 years.   
• 
Peripheral blood and bronchoscopy samples will be assessed for 
Th2-related biomarkers and other biomarkers of inflammation. 
• 
RNA will be isolated from bronchoscopy samples to evaluate 
change from baseline in relative gene expression.   
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group- strictly confidential 
Page 7 
• 
RNA will be isolated from whole blood to evaluate baseline gene 
expression, including eosinophilic and type 2 / Th2-related genes. 
• 
Additional inflammatory cell counts in bronchial epithelium and 
submucosa and basement membrane thickness will be assessed by 
immunohistochemistry (IHC)/histology.  
• 
Inflammatory cell counts in BALF will be assessed at baseline and 
12 weeks. 
• 
Exploratory genetic analysis of blood deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA).  
ASSESSMENT SCHEDULE 
See Section 1 for details 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 
 
Sample size determination: 
Approximately 42 patients will be randomized to achieve 21 completers per 
group. The statistical power of the study is estimated based on the additional 
pharmacodynamics endpoint of FeNO as no historical data is available for the 
main endpoints of bronchial submucosal inflammatory cells. With 
21 completers per group, the study will have an 80% power to detect a 
difference of 25 ppb in the change from baseline in FeNO at Week 12 
between SAR231893 and placebo, assuming a pooled SD of 32, and with a 
T-test at 1-sided alpha=0.05. 
A patient who received treatment and prematurely ends his/her treatment 
prior to Week 12 may be replaced in order to have a sufficient number of 
patients with adequate bronchial biopsies to assess the main endpoints. 
Analysis Population: 
Pharmacodynamics  
For the main PD endpoints in bronchial submucosa, the PD population will 
consist of all randomized patients who underwent baseline and 
Week12/end-of-treatment (EOT) bronchoscopies and have adequate biopsies 
for analysis at both baseline and end-of-treatment. 
Pharmacokinetics  
The PK population will consist of all patients in the safety population with at 
least one post dose, non-missing and eligible serum concentration data. 
Patients will be analyzed according to the treatment actually received. 
Safety 
All patients who were exposed to study treatment, regardless of the amount of 
treatment administered, will be included in the safety population.  
ADA 
The ADA population will consist of all patients in the safety population with at 
least one qualified ADA result in the ADA assay following the first dose of the 
study medication. Patients will be analyzed according to the treatment 
actually received. 
Main Analysis: 
The main endpoints, change from baseline in the number of airway 
submucosal inflammatory cells per surface airway of basal lamina (cells/mm2) 
and mucin in the bronchial mucosa, will be analyzed by analysis of covariance 
(ANCOVA) with fixed terms for treatment, stratification factors of region and 
ICS dose, and airway submucosal inflammatory cells per surface airway of 
basal lamina (cells/mm2) and mucin in the bronchial mucosa at baseline as 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group- strictly confidential 
Page 8 
covariates. An estimate and two-sided 90% confidence interval (CI) for the 
difference in treatment mean changes will be calculated from the model. No 
multiplicity adjustment will be made for the main analyses. 
Descriptive statistics will also be performed by treatment and timepoint on raw 
changes and percent changes from baseline. 
Analysis of additional endpoints 
Pharmacodynamics: 
The additional PD endpoints will be analyzed similarly to the main analysis. 
Analysis of FeNO will be specified in the statistical analysis plan. 
Pharmacokinetics  
Dupilumab concentrations will be summarized by timepoint with descriptive 
statistics and plotted over time. 
Anti-drug antibodies 
Incidence of positivity in the ADA assay will be assessed as absolute 
occurrence (n) and percent of patients (%), presented by study treatment. 
Safety 
The safety analysis will be based on the review of descriptive statistics 
(summary tables) and individual data for adverse events (AEs) and clinical 
laboratory, vital signs and ECG parameters. Adverse events will be coded 
using Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA), and the number 
of patients with Treatment-Emergent Adverse Events (TEAEs) will be 
summarized. Potentially clinically significant abnormalities (PCSAs) for clinical 
laboratory, vital sign, and ECG data and out-of-normal range values for 
clinical laboratory data will be flagged and summarized in frequency tables. 
Analysis of exploratory endpoints 
Exploratory PD endpoints will be analyzed similarly to the main analysis. 
Associations between biomarker baseline characteristics and treatment 
outcome (as measured by FEV1 and other efficacy endpoints) will be 
explored.  Composite biomarker scores (eg, Th2-related biomarkers) may be 
explored as appropriate. Correlations between changes in biomarkers and 
treatment responses (as measured by FEV1 and other efficacy endpoints) will 
be assessed. 
Descriptive statistics and, as appropriate, graphs will be provided for raw 
data, absolute changes and percent changes from baseline. 
DURATION OF STUDY PERIOD (per 
patient)  
Total study duration for each patient, is approximately 29 weeks. 
• 
Screening: maximum of 5 weeks.  
• 
Treatment period: 12 weeks. 
• 
Follow-up period: 12 weeks. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 9 
1 
FLOW CHARTS 
1.1 
GRAPHICAL STUDY DESIGN 
 
(electronic 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 10 
1.2 
STUDY FLOW CHART 
 
 
Screeningx 
Treatment Period 
 
 
EOTb 
Post Treatment Period 
EOSc 
Week 
-4±1 
-2 to -0.5 
0 
2 
4 
6 
8 
10 
12 
14 
12 
(14 or 
16)d  
14 
(16 or 18) 
16 
(18 or 20) 
18 
(20 or 
22) 
24 
(26 or 
28) 
Visit 
V1 
V2 
V3 
V4 
V5 
V6 
V7 
V8 
V8.1 
(optional)e 
V8.2 
(optional) 
V9 
V10 
V11 
V12 
V13 
Daya 
 
 
D1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Informed consent 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inclusion/exclusion criteria 
X 
X 
Xf 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Medical/surgical history 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prior/concomitant medications 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Reversibilityg 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chest radiograph  
Xh 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chest imaging 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Xu 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Randomization 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Body weight 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
Height 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IMP Administration 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dupilumab/Placeboi  
 
 
Xj 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
Prednisone/Prednisolonek 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
Pharmacodynamics 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FeNOl 
X 
X 
 
 
 
X 
X 
X 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
Bronchoscopy (BALF, biopsy, brushing) 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
PD Biomarkers in Bloodm,n  
X 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
Whole blood RNA sample 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DNA sampling (optional)o 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficacy 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Spirometry (FEV1)p 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
ACQ-5q 
X 
X 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Pharmacokinetics 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Systemic drug concentrationm 
 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
X 
X 
Anti-dupilumab antibody samplingm 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
(electronic 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 11 
 
Screeningx 
Treatment Period 
 
 
EOTb 
Post Treatment Period 
EOSc 
Week 
-4±1 
-2 to -0.5 
0 
2 
4 
6 
8 
10 
12 
14 
12 
(14 or 
16)d  
14 
(16 or 18) 
16 
(18 or 20) 
18 
(20 or 
22) 
24 
(26 or 
28) 
Visit 
V1 
V2 
V3 
V4 
V5 
V6 
V7 
V8 
V8.1 
(optional)e 
V8.2 
(optional) 
V9 
V10 
V11 
V12 
V13 
Daya 
 
 
D1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Safety 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vital signsr 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
Oxygen saturation 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
ECG 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
Physical examination 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
Pregnancy tests 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Virus serologyt 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Xu 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Urinalysis 
X 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
  
 
X 
Clinical laboratory testingm,t  
X 
X 
 
 
X 
 
X 
Xu 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Archival serum samplingo  
 
X 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
Reliever medication prnv 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Dispense or download electronic diary/PEF 
meterw 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Call IVRS 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
 
 
X 
AE 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
a Randomization Visit (Visit 3) is defined as Day 1. Visit windows for subsequent visits are +/- 3 days. 
b Patients who permanently discontinue treatment early will complete the EOT assessments, with the exception of the bronchoscopy, and then will participate in the Post Treatment period according to the visit 
schedule until EOS (see Section 10.3.4). 
c Patients may be asked to return to the clinic to have additional follow-up ADA samples collected after the EOS based on the overall assessment of antibody titers and clinical presentation. 
d If optional visits V8.1 and/or V8.2 are done, all the following visits are postponed by 2 or 4 weeks. 
e If bronchoscopy has to be postponed to week 14 or 16, then schedule additional visits with IMP injection at week 12 and/or 14 as described in Section 10.1.9. 
f 
Review suitability for dosing. 
g Qualifying criteria for reversibility is based on historical data within 5 years prior to Screening. If qualifying historical data is not available for reversibility or airway hyperresponsiveness (See I 01), reversibility must 
be demonstrated and documented. Three attempts may be made during the Screening Period to meet the qualifying criteria for reversibility. Patients must meet the criteria for reversibility prior to Visit 2.  
See Section 9.3.1.1.2. 
h As per local standard of care, perform chest radiograph if no chest imaging (X-ray, CT, MRI) available within previous 12 months and if there is a local requirement. 
i 
Patients must be monitored for at least 30 minutes after IMP administration for any signs or symptoms of a hypersensitivity reaction. See Section 8.1.4. 
j 
Loading dose. 
k Prednisone/Prednisolone is administered after bronchoscopy procedure. 
(electronic 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 12 
l 
Exhaled nitric oxide assessment is conducted prior to spirometry and following a fast of ≥1 hour. Three attempts may be made during the Screening Period to meet the qualifying criteria for FeNO. Patients must 
meet the criteria for FeNO prior to Visit 2. 
m Samples will be collected prior to administration of investigational medicinal product during the Treatment Period. 
n See Section 9.3.2 for PD Biomarkers in blood. 
o This is an optional sample and a separate written consent form must be signed prior to collection.  
p Spirometry will be performed between 6:00 AM and 12:00 PM after withholding the last dose of salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and withholding the last dose of ICS/LABA for 
12 hours and prior to administration of investigational product, if applicable. Three attempts may be made during the Screening Period to meet the qualifying criteria for spirometry. Patients must meet the criteria 
for spirometry prior to Visit 2. 
q ACQ-5 is completed in the patient’s electronic diary during clinic visits.   
r 
See Section 9.2.2.3. 
s For women of childbearing potential, serum pregnancy test at Visit 1 and urine pregnancy tests at other visits.  A negative result must be obtained at Visits 1 and 3 prior to randomization. 
t 
See Section 9.2.2.2 for details of laboratory testing.   
u Only for patients planning to enter the open label extension study. Clinical laboratory testing includes only ANA and anti-ds DNA antibody (see Section 9.2.2.2). Chest imaging is to be performed only for those 
patients who have not had prior chest imaging – see Section 10.1.8 for details. 
v Patients may administer salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol as reliever medication as needed during the study. Patients will be asked at study site visits if additional supplies are needed. Patients 
will record daily usage in the electronic diary. 
w Electronic diary/PEF meter  is used for daily recording of salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol use, combination product ICS/LABA use, AM and PM PEF, nocturnal awakenings, and morning and 
evening asthma symptom scores. This device is dispensed at Visit 1 and information is reviewed and downloaded from this device on the other indicated days. 
x  If needed the screening period may be extended by a window of up to 7 days to allow ( re) confirming of entry eligibility or resolving scheduling impediments for bronchoscopy  (see Section 10.1)   
NOTE: Multiple activities scheduled for the same time will be conducted in the following sequence when applicable: urine collection, ECG, heart rate, blood pressure, body temperature, blood sampling, FeNO, 
spirometry, bronchoscopy and then prednisone/prednisolone or IMP administration and finally a meal 
(electronic 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 13 
2 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
AMENDED CLINICAL TRIAL PROTOCOL 02 ..............................................................................................1 
1 
FLOW CHARTS...............................................................................................................................9 
1.1 
GRAPHICAL STUDY DESIGN ........................................................................................................9 
1.2 
STUDY FLOW CHART ..................................................................................................................10 
2 
TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................................13 
3 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ..........................................................................................................20 
4 
INTRODUCTION AND RATIONALE.............................................................................................21 
4.1 
INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................21 
4.2 
RATIONALE...................................................................................................................................22 
4.2.1 
Study Rationale..............................................................................................................................22 
4.2.2 
Population rationale .......................................................................................................................23 
4.2.3 
Design Rationale............................................................................................................................24 
4.2.4 
Dose Rationale...............................................................................................................................25 
4.2.5 
Endpoint Rationale.........................................................................................................................25 
4.2.6 
Risk assessment............................................................................................................................25 
4.2.7 
Specific parameters rationale ........................................................................................................26 
5 
STUDY OBJECTIVES ...................................................................................................................29 
5.1 
MAIN ..............................................................................................................................................29 
5.2 
ADDITIONAL..................................................................................................................................29 
5.3 
EXPLORATORY ............................................................................................................................29 
6 
STUDY DESIGN ............................................................................................................................30 
6.1 
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROTOCOL...........................................................................................30 
6.2 
DURATION OF STUDY PARTICIPATION ....................................................................................30 
6.2.1 
Duration of study participation for each patient .............................................................................30 
6.2.2 
Determination of end of clinical trial (all patients) ..........................................................................30 
6.3 
INTERIM ANALYSIS......................................................................................................................30 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 14 
6.4 
STUDY COMMITTEES..................................................................................................................30 
6.4.1 
Data monitoring committee ............................................................................................................30 
7 
SELECTION OF PATIENTS..........................................................................................................32 
7.1 
INCLUSION CRITERIA..................................................................................................................32 
7.2 
EXCLUSION CRITERIA ................................................................................................................32 
7.2.1 
Exclusion criteria related to study methodology ............................................................................32 
7.2.2 
Exclusion criteria related to the active comparator and/or mandatory background therapies.......34 
7.2.3 
Exclusion criteria related to the current knowledge of dupilumab .................................................34 
7.2.4 
Additional exclusion criteria during or at the end of screening before randomization ...................36 
8 
STUDY TREATMENTS .................................................................................................................37 
8.1 
INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT(S) (IMP).................................................................37 
8.1.1 
Dupilumab......................................................................................................................................37 
8.1.2 
Placebo ..........................................................................................................................................37 
8.1.3 
Preparation of investigational product............................................................................................37 
8.1.4 
Dosing schedule.............................................................................................................................37 
8.2 
NONINVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT(S) ..................................................................37 
8.2.1 
Inhaled corticosteroid in combination with LABA...........................................................................37 
8.2.1.1 
Screening period............................................................................................................................38 
8.2.1.2 
Randomized treatment period........................................................................................................38 
8.2.1.3 
Post-treatment period.....................................................................................................................38 
8.2.2 
Albuterol or levalbuterol reliever medication..................................................................................38 
8.2.3 
Prednisone / Prednisolone.............................................................................................................39 
8.3 
BLINDING PROCEDURES............................................................................................................39 
8.3.1 
Methods of blinding........................................................................................................................39 
8.3.2 
Randomization code breaking during the study.............................................................................39 
8.4 
METHOD OF ASSIGNING PATIENTS TO TREATMENT GROUP ..............................................40 
8.5 
PACKAGING AND LABELING ......................................................................................................40 
8.6 
STORAGE CONDITIONS AND SHELF LIFE................................................................................41 
8.7 
RESPONSIBILITIES ......................................................................................................................41 
8.7.1 
Treatment accountability and compliance......................................................................................41 
8.7.2 
Return and/or destruction of treatments ........................................................................................42 
8.8 
CONCOMITANT MEDICATION.....................................................................................................42 
8.8.1 
Prohibited Concomitant Medication ...............................................................................................42 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 15 
8.8.2 
Permitted concomitant medication.................................................................................................43 
8.8.3 
CYP substrates ..............................................................................................................................43 
9 
ASSESSMENT OF INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT ..............................................44 
9.1 
MAIN ENDPOINT...........................................................................................................................44 
9.1.1 
Main Pharmacodynamic Endpoints ...............................................................................................44 
9.2 
ADDITIONAL ENDPOINTS ...........................................................................................................44 
9.2.1 
Additional Pharmacodynamic Endpoints .......................................................................................44 
9.2.1.1 
Fractional Exhaled Nitric Oxide......................................................................................................44 
9.2.2 
Safety endpoints ............................................................................................................................45 
9.2.2.1 
Adverse events ..............................................................................................................................45 
9.2.2.2 
Laboratory safety variables............................................................................................................45 
9.2.2.3 
Vital signs.......................................................................................................................................47 
9.2.2.4 
Oxygen saturation..........................................................................................................................47 
9.2.2.5 
Physical Examination.....................................................................................................................47 
9.2.2.6 
Electrocardiogram (ECG) variables ...............................................................................................48 
9.2.2.7 
Pregnancy test ...............................................................................................................................48 
9.2.3 
Systemic drug concentration and anti-drug antibodies..................................................................48 
9.2.3.1 
Sampling time ................................................................................................................................48 
9.2.3.2 
Handling procedure........................................................................................................................49 
9.2.3.3 
Bioanalytical method......................................................................................................................49 
9.2.3.4 
Systemic drug concentrations and Anti-drug antibody parameters...............................................49 
9.3 
EXPLORATORY ENDPOINTS......................................................................................................50 
9.3.1 
Exploratory Efficacy endpoints.......................................................................................................50 
9.3.1.1 
Disease-specific efficacy measures...............................................................................................50 
9.3.1.2 
Disease-specific, daily efficacy assessments ................................................................................52 
9.3.2 
Exploratory Pharmacodynamic Analyses ......................................................................................52 
9.3.3 
Pharmacogenetic assessment.......................................................................................................54 
9.3.3.1 
Optional stored DNA sample .........................................................................................................54 
9.4 
FUTURE USE OF SAMPLES ........................................................................................................54 
9.5 
APPROPRIATENESS OF MEASUREMENTS ..............................................................................55 
10 
STUDY PROCEDURES ................................................................................................................56 
10.1 
VISIT SCHEDULE..........................................................................................................................56 
10.1.1 
Visit 1 (Week -4± 1, -35 to -21 days) .............................................................................................57 
10.1.2 
Visit 2 (Week -2 to -0.5, -14 to -3 days) .........................................................................................59 
10.1.3 
Visit 3 (Week 0, Day 1) ..................................................................................................................60 
10.1.4 
Visit 4 (Week 2)..............................................................................................................................61 
10.1.5 
Visit 5 (Week 4)..............................................................................................................................62 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 16 
10.1.6 
Visit 6 (Week 6)..............................................................................................................................63 
10.1.7 
Visit 7 (Week 8)..............................................................................................................................64 
10.1.8 
Visit 8 (Week 10)............................................................................................................................65 
10.1.9 
Visits 8.1 and 8.2 (Week 12 and 14 / Optional Treatment Visits) ..................................................65 
10.1.10 Visit 9 (Week 12 [14 or 16] / End-of-Treatment)............................................................................66 
10.1.11 Visit 10 (Week 14 [16 or 18]/ Post Treatment Period) ...................................................................68 
10.1.12 Visit 11 (Week 16 [18 or 20] / Post Treatment Period) ..................................................................68 
10.1.13 Visit 12 (Week 18 [20 or 22] / Post Treatment Period) ..................................................................69 
10.1.14 Visit 13 (Week 24 [26 or 28] / End-of-Study Visit) .........................................................................69 
10.2 
DEFINITION OF SOURCE DATA..................................................................................................70 
10.3 
HANDLING OF PATIENT TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT TREATMENT 
DISCONTINUATION AND OF PATIENT STUDY DISCONTINUATION.......................................70 
10.3.1 
Temporary treatment discontinuation with investigational medicinal product(s) ...........................70 
10.3.2 
Permanent treatment discontinuation with investigational medicinal product(s) ...........................71 
10.3.3 
List of criteria for permanent treatment discontinuation.................................................................71 
10.3.4 
Handling of patients after permanent treatment discontinuation ...................................................72 
10.3.5 
Procedure and consequence for patient withdrawal from study....................................................72 
10.3.6 
Replacement of patients ................................................................................................................73 
10.4 
OBLIGATION OF THE INVESTIGATOR REGARDING SAFETY REPORTING ..........................73 
10.4.1 
Definitions of adverse events.........................................................................................................73 
10.4.1.1 Adverse event ................................................................................................................................73 
10.4.1.2 Serious adverse event ...................................................................................................................73 
10.4.1.3 Adverse event of special interest...................................................................................................74 
10.4.2 
Serious adverse events waived from expedited regulatory reporting to regulatory 
authorities.......................................................................................................................................75 
10.4.3 
General guidelines for reporting adverse events ...........................................................................76 
10.4.4 
Instructions for reporting serious adverse events ..........................................................................76 
10.4.5 
Guidelines for reporting adverse events of special interest...........................................................77 
10.4.6 
Guidelines for management of specific laboratory abnormalities ..................................................78 
10.5 
OBLIGATIONS OF THE SPONSOR .............................................................................................78 
10.6 
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................................79 
10.6.1 
Hypersensitivity..............................................................................................................................79 
10.6.2 
Patients should be monitored for at least 30 minutes after each study-site administered 
investigational product administration for any signs or symptoms of a hypersensitivity 
reaction in the first 12 weeks.  Any anaphylactic reactions, acute systemic allergic 
reactions or acute allergic reactions that require immediate treatment must be reported as 
an AESI (within 24 hours) (for further details, see AESI definition in Section 10.4.1.3) and 
study medication must be permanently discontinued. Trained personnel and medications 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 17 
should be available to treat anaphylaxis or any severe allergic reaction if it occurs.  Severe 
injection site reactions....................................................................................................................79 
10.6.3 
Infections, including parasitic infections.........................................................................................79 
10.6.4 
Elevated liver function tests ...........................................................................................................80 
10.7 
ADVERSE EVENTS MONITORING..............................................................................................81 
11 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS..............................................................................................82 
11.1 
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE...........................................................................................82 
11.2 
DISPOSITION OF PATIENTS .......................................................................................................82 
11.3 
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS...........................................................................................................83 
11.3.1 
PD and Biomarker analyses population.........................................................................................83 
11.3.2 
Efficacy population.........................................................................................................................83 
11.3.3 
Safety population ...........................................................................................................................83 
11.3.4 
Pharmacokinetics (PK) population.................................................................................................83 
11.3.5 
Anti-drug antibody population ........................................................................................................84 
11.4 
STATISTICAL METHODS .............................................................................................................84 
11.4.1 
Extent of study treatment exposure and compliance.....................................................................84 
11.4.1.1 Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure....................................................................84 
11.4.1.2 Compliance ....................................................................................................................................84 
11.4.2 
Analyses of main endpoints ...........................................................................................................84 
11.4.2.1 Analysis of main endpoint(s)..........................................................................................................84 
11.4.2.2 Multiplicity considerations ..............................................................................................................85 
11.4.2.3 Analyses of exploratory efficacy endpoints....................................................................................85 
11.4.3 
Analyses of additional and exploratory pharmacodynamics and biomarker endpoints.................85 
11.4.4 
Analyses of safety data..................................................................................................................86 
11.4.4.1 Adverse events ..............................................................................................................................86 
11.4.5 
Analyses of systemic drug concentration and anti-drug antibodies...............................................87 
11.4.5.1 Drug concentration analysis...........................................................................................................88 
11.4.5.2 Anti-drug antibodies analysis .........................................................................................................88 
11.5 
INTERIM ANALYSIS......................................................................................................................89 
12 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS...................................................................90 
12.1 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY STANDARDS ..............................................................................90 
12.2 
INFORMED CONSENT .................................................................................................................90 
12.3 
HEALTH AUTHORITIES AND INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW BOARD/INDEPENDENT 
ETHICS COMMITTEE (IRB/IEC)...................................................................................................91 
13 
STUDY MONITORING...................................................................................................................92 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 18 
13.1 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE INVESTIGATOR(S).......................................................................92 
13.2 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPONSOR.....................................................................................92 
13.3 
SOURCE DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................92 
13.4 
USE AND COMPLETION OF CASE REPORT FORMS (CRFS) AND ADDITIONAL 
REQUEST......................................................................................................................................93 
13.5 
USE OF COMPUTERIZED SYSTEMS..........................................................................................93 
14 
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS...................................................................................................94 
14.1 
CURRICULUM VITAE....................................................................................................................94 
14.2 
RECORD RETENTION IN STUDY SITES ....................................................................................94 
14.3 
CONFIDENTIALITY .......................................................................................................................94 
14.4 
PROPERTY RIGHTS.....................................................................................................................95 
14.5 
DATA PROTECTION.....................................................................................................................95 
14.6 
INSURANCE COMPENSATION....................................................................................................96 
14.7 
SPONSOR AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS BY REGULATORY AGENCIES .................................96 
14.8 
PREMATURE DISCONTINUATION OF THE STUDY OR PREMATURE CLOSE-OUT OF 
A SITE............................................................................................................................................96 
14.8.1 
By the Sponsor...............................................................................................................................96 
14.8.2 
By the Investigator .........................................................................................................................97 
14.9 
CLINICAL TRIAL RESULTS ..........................................................................................................97 
14.10 
PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS .................................................................................97 
15 
CLINICAL TRIAL PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS ..........................................................................98 
16 
BIBLIOGRAPHIC REFERENCES.................................................................................................99 
17 
APPENDICES..............................................................................................................................101 
APPENDIX A 
LIST OF PROHIBITED LIVE ATTENUATED VACCINES.................................................101 
APPENDIX B 
LOW, MEDIUM AND HIGH DOSE INHALED CORTICOSTEROIDS ...............................102 
APPENDIX C EXAMPLES OF CYP SUBSTRATES WITH NARROW THERAPEUTIC RANGE ...........103 
APPENDIX D GENERAL GUIDANCE FOR THE FOLLOW-UP OF LABORATORY 
ABNORMALITIES BY SANOFI....................................................................................................104 
APPENDIX E 
DEFINITION OF ANAPHYLAXIS ......................................................................................109 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 19 
APPENDIX F LIST OF OPPORTUNISTIC INFECTIONS........................................................................110 
APPENDIX G 
ASTHMA CONTROL QUESTIONNAIRE, 5-QUESTION VERSION ................................111 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 20 
3 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
 
AE: 
adverse event 
AESI: 
adverse event of special interest 
ALT: 
alanine aminotransferase 
ATS: 
American Thoracic Society 
BAL: 
bronchoalveolar lavage 
BALF: 
bronchoalveolar lavage fluid 
CPK: 
creatine phosphokinase 
CYP: 
cytochrome P450 
DMC: 
Data Monitoring Committee 
ECG: 
electrocardiogram 
e-CRF: 
electronic case report form 
EOT: 
end-of-treatment 
FeNO: 
fractional exhaled nitric oxide 
FEV1: 
forced expiratory volume in 1 second 
GSO: 
global safety officer 
HBsAg: 
hepatitis B surface antigen 
HBV: 
hepatitis B virus 
HCV: 
hepatitis C virus 
HLT: 
high level term 
ICS: 
inhaled corticosteroids 
IgE: 
Immunoglobulin E 
IL-13: 
interleukin-13 
IL-4: 
interleukin-4 
IVRS: 
interactive voice response system 
IWRS: 
interactive web response system 
LABA: 
long-acting beta-agonists 
OLE: 
open label extension 
PARC: 
pulmonary and activated regulated chemokine 
PCSA: 
potentially clinically significant abnormality 
PEF: 
peak expiratory flow 
PT: 
preferred term 
q2w: 
every 2 weeks 
SAP: 
statistical analysis plan 
SOC: 
system organ class 
TARC: 
Thymus and Activation-Regulated Chemokine 
TEAE: 
treatment emergent adverse event 
Th2: 
T-helper cell 2 
ULN: 
upper limit of normal 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 21 
4 
INTRODUCTION AND RATIONALE 
4.1 
INTRODUCTION 
Asthma is a chronic inflammatory disease of the airways characterized by airway 
hyperresponsiveness, acute and chronic bronchoconstriction, airway edema, and mucus plugging. 
The inflammatory component of asthma involves many cell types, including mast cells, 
eosinophils, T-lymphocytes, neutrophils, and epithelial cells and their biological products.  
The poor response of some patients with asthma to the standard regimen of controller and reliever 
therapies may reflect the number of cellular and molecular mechanisms operative in asthma. 
Recent therapeutic approaches in asthma have been focused on trying to control the Type 2/ 
T-helper cell-2 (Th2) response. Up-regulation of the Th2 cell-derived cytokines interleukin-4 
(IL-4) and interleukin-13 (IL-13) has been implicated as an important inflammatory component of 
asthma disease progression.  
Dupilumab is a fully human monoclonal antibody that binds with high affinity to human IL-4Rα, 
a subunit of heterodimeric IL-4 receptors (Type I and Type II) that mediates signaling by IL-4 
(both receptor types) and by IL-13 (Type II receptor). Dupilumab inhibits the downstream 
signaling of IL-4 and IL-13, thereby inhibiting receptor-mediated activation of secondary 
messengers such as STAT6 and downstream pro-inflammatory signaling pathways. 
While IL-4 and IL-13 have overlapping pleotropic actions, IL-4 tends to predominate in 
modulating immune cell functions whereas IL-13 predominates in stimulation of tissues (1, 2, 3). 
IL-4 is a major mediator of the polarization of T helper cells toward the Th2 phenotype, ie, cells 
that secrete more exclusively IL-4, IL-5 and IL-13 (4) and their proliferation. Th2 cytokines have 
a central role in stimulating secretion of chemotaxins that promote homing of Th2 cells, 
eosinophils and mast cells into the respiratory epithelium (5). Surface immunoglobulin E (IgE) 
receptors on mast cells and eosinophils facilitate release of stored pro-inflammatory mediators 
from these cells through both allergen-dependent and -independent mechanisms (6). Under 
conditions of asthmatic inflammation, IL-4 and IL-13 prime mast cells, enhancing their 
responsiveness, in part by up-regulating surface receptors for IgE, and inducing the production 
and storage of cytokines, including IL-4 and IL-13 (7). Th2 asthma is often associated with 
elevation in serum IgE and allergen sensitization (ie, atopy). IL-4 is recognized as the principle 
promoter of IgE class switching in B cells and is thus central to elevation in IgE and the 
sensitization of cells expressing IgE receptors (6). The various mediators released by these 
sensitized cells during exposure to allergens are major contributors to airway hyper-
responsiveness and disease exacerbation. 
IL-13 promotes goblet cell hyperplasia and excess mucus production, characteristic of asthma (1). 
Epithelial basement membrane thickening is another feature of asthmatic inflammation, and a 
subset of asthma patients exhibit more extensive airway remodeling, characterized by 
subepithelial fibrosis, submucosal gland hyperplasia, increased airway smooth muscle mass, and 
increased airway vascularization, which results in thickening of the airway wall and luminal 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 22 
narrowing (8). The preponderance of evidence indicates that Th2 cytokines, more dominantly 
IL-13, have a central role in facilitating this remodeling.  They stimulate the secretion of several 
mediators thought contributory to tissue remodeling such as periostin, thymic stromal 
lymphopoietin (TSLP), Pulmonary and Activated Regulated Chemokine (PARC) and various 
growth factors. Furthermore, IL-4 and IL-13 initiate the polarization of monocytes and 
macrophages toward the formation of so called “alternatively activated” M2a macrophages which 
promote the deposition of collagen and fibrosis (9). Thus, dupilumab has potential for preventing 
progression of airway remodeling in patients with severe asthma. 
Asthma is a heterogeneous disease comprised of several phenotypes and endotypes (10). 
Dupilumab is expected to substantially suppress airway inflammation, mucus hypersecretion and 
airway hyperresponsiveness in patients with allergic/atopic asthma and other forms of 
eosinophilic asthma, collectively known as Th2 asthma, which represent roughly half the overall 
asthma population. The therapeutic effectiveness of dupilumab across the breadth of asthma 
subpopulations will be assessed during clinical trials.  
For complete information regarding the preclinical and clinical evaluation of dupilumab to date, 
see the Investigator’s Brochure.  
4.2 
RATIONALE 
4.2.1 Study Rationale 
The initial clinical study of dupilumab in eosinophilic asthma (ACT11457) and the dose-ranging 
study (DRI12544) in a broader population with persistent asthma both showed treatment-related 
suppression of fractional exhaled nitric oxide (FeNO) and IL-4-/IL-13-dependent biomarkers in 
peripheral blood. The current study is designed to more directly investigate the effects of 
dupilumab on underlying mechanisms of inflammation in the asthmatic airway utilizing 
bronchoscopy.  
In ACT11457, 104 patients with moderate-to-severe asthma inadequately controlled with 
medium-to-high dose combination inhaled corticosteroids (ICS) / long-acting beta-agonists 
(LABA) (fluticasone/salmeterol, budesonide/formoterol, or mometasone/formoterol) and with 
blood eosinophils >300 cells/µL (101 patients) or sputum eosinophils >3% (3 patients) were 
studied. Patients were switched to fluticasone/salmeterol at Day 1 for 4 weeks, after which 
background therapy was reduced systematically. The primary endpoint was the incidence of 
asthma exacerbations after 12 weeks. An 87% (p<0.0001) relative reduction in asthma 
exacerbations was observed after 12-week treatment with dupilumab (5.8%) vs placebo (44.2%).  
In the Phase 2b study (DRI12544), different doses and regimens of dupilumab (up to 300 mg 
every 2 weeks [q2w] with a loading dose of 600 mg) have been evaluated in patients with 
moderate to severe, uncontrolled asthma. All patients received a stable dose of medium to high 
ICS/LABA in addition to their study treatment (placebo or dupilumab). An interim analysis (dated 
02 November 2014) was performed after the last patients completed their Week 12 assessments. 
At the time of the interim report, 776 patients had been enrolled in the study and 731 patients had 
completed the 12-week study period. Results from the interim analysis indicated significant 
improvements, compared with placebo, in the change from baseline forced expiratory volume in 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 23 
1 second (FEV1) at Week 12, the primary endpoint, for 3 of 4 dose regimens, including 300 mg 
q2w. In addition, the majority of main secondary efficacy results (annualized rates of severe 
exacerbation and loss of asthma control  events, and changes from baseline at Week 12 in 
morning and evening asthma symptom scores, ACQ-5 scores, AQLQ scores, morning and 
evening peak expiratory flow [PEF], and Sinonasal Outcomes Test 22-item scale total scores) 
demonstrated statistically significant differences (not adjusted for multiplicity) in favor of 
dupilumab compared with placebo across the treatment comparisons, especially for the q2w 
dosing regimens. A final analysis for 24 weeks of treatment demonstrated a sustained therapeutic 
effect. 
In addition, the effects of dupilumab on several pharmacodynamic and Th2-associated biomarkers 
were evaluated in the ACT11457 and DRI12544 studies. Fractional exhaled nitric oxide (FeNO), 
a quantitative method to measure airway inflammation, decreased in dupilumab-treated patients 
and remained suppressed through the end of treatment. Serum levels of the Th2-associated 
chemokines, Thymus and Activation-Regulated Chemokine (TARC) and eotaxin-3, remained 
unchanged with placebo, whereas, with dupilumab, circulating TARC and eotaxin-3 levels rapidly 
decreased and remained significantly lower than baseline values throughout the dupilumab 
treatment. Serum total IgE also significantly decreased during dupilumab treatment. Thus, 
decreased levels of the biomarkers FeNO, eotaxin-3, TARC, and total IgE confirmed the biologic 
activity of dupilumab and suggest that dupilumab is impacting Th2-mediated airway 
inflammation. The current study has been designed to more directly evaluate the effect of 
dupilumab on the Th2 response and inflammation within the lung through bronchoscopy 
sampling. 
The current study will directly assess airway inflammatory biomarkers in bronchial biopsies, 
brushings and alveolar lavage fluid and further correlate these assessments with various 
biomarkers in peripheral blood and breath and with the overall clinical condition of the patients. 
We now hypothesize that dupilumab, by reducing the production of potent chemotaxins, will 
decrease the numbers of mast cells, eosinophils, total T lymphocytes and T-helper lymphocytes in 
the bronchial submucosa. Dupilumab, by controlling inflammation, as further evidenced by a 
reduction in FeNO, will result in a decrease in mucin in the mucosa, which reflects the excess 
production of mucus characteristic of asthma.   Exploratory analyses may show further changes in 
inflammatory cells in the bronchial epithelium and reversal of basement membrane thickening 
associated with asthma.  Shifts in the transcriptome in the mucosa, biopsies, and bronchoalveolar 
lavage (BAL) cells, particularly in Th2 signature genes, mucin genes, and genes related to mast 
cells and eosinophils, may reflect the overall impact of dupilumab on underlying inflammatory 
processes.  
4.2.2 Population rationale 
In this placebo-controlled study, dupilumab will be added-on to standard of care asthma therapy 
(minimum of an inhaled corticosteroid in combination with LABA) in patients with persistent 
asthma.  Patients requiring a third asthma controller are eligible. The population is comprised of 
patients with a physician diagnosis of asthma for ≥12 months, based on the Global Initiative for 
Asthma (GINA) 2015 Guidelines (11) and entry criteria described in Section 7.  A similar patient 
population is being evaluated in the asthma Phase 3 clinical trial (EFC13579) because in addition 
to suffering the symptoms associated with a lack of asthma control, such patients utilize a 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 24 
disproportionate level of health care services, are at increased risk of a severe asthma exacerbation 
and may suffer the long term adverse effects of systemic and inhaled corticosteroids.  
In this small exploratory study, to better evaluate the effects of dupilumab on airway 
inflammation, the study population will be enriched for patients with evidence of ongoing 
inflammation based on elevation in FeNO levels (≥26 ppb; upper limit of normal (12)). In 
addition, due to the bronchoscopy procedures in this study, additional restrictions will be in place 
for patients’ safety, as detailed in the inclusion and exclusion criteria (Section 7), including more 
restrictive requirements for age and FEV1 criteria, as compared to the asthma Phase 3 clinical 
trial.  
4.2.3 Design Rationale  
PDY14192 is an exploratory, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, parallel group study. 
The clinical trial uses an add-on therapy approach to inhaled corticosteroid in combination with 
LABA. Patients requiring a third controller for their asthma will be considered eligible for this 
study.  
After a screening period (5 weeks with optional additional up to 7 days) patients will be 
randomized in a 1:1 ratio to one of the following 12 week-treatments: 
• 
Dupilumab 600 mg loading dose followed by 300 mg every 2 weeks (q2w).  
• 
Placebo q2w with placebo loading dose.  
During the Randomized Treatment Period, patients continue the stable (or equivalent) dose of an 
allowable combination product. The End-Of-Treatment (EOT) is designated as 2 weeks after the 
last dose of dupilumab. 
Patients treated with placebo will serve as an inactive control group, to more clearly establish the 
effects attributed to dupilumab.  
Patients who permanently discontinue the study medication will be asked and encouraged to 
return to the clinic 2 weeks after the last treatment dose for the EOT assessments, with the 
exception of the bronchoscopy procedure, and then participate in follow-up assessments in the 
Post Treatment Period as indicated in the visit schedule (see Section 1.2 and Section 10.3.4).   
Eligible patients, who complete the treatment period, including the EOT assessments, will be 
offered the opportunity to participate in an open label extension (OLE) study with dupilumab. 
Patients subsequently enrolled in the OLE will not participate in the Post Treatment Period of this 
trial. 
Patients not participating in the OLE will enter a Post Treatment Period immediately after the 
EOT visit (2 weeks after the last treatment dose), or otherwise after premature treatment 
discontinuation, and will be evaluated for an additional 12 weeks. The Post Treatment Period is 
designed to monitor patients on their background controller medication alone after discontinuation 
of the blinded treatment. During this follow-up period, patients continue treatment with the stable 
background dose of their background controller medication or their asthma treatment as modified 
based on medical judgment.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 25 
4.2.4 Dose Rationale  
The dose regimen of subcutaneous (SC) dupilumab selected for this study is the highest dosing 
regimen that will be tested in the Phase 3 clinical trial - 300 mg every 2 weeks (q2w). All patients 
randomized to receive treatment with dupilumab will get an initial loading dose of 600 mg on 
Day 1. The administration of the loading dose of dupilumab will allow systemic concentrations to 
reach steady-state faster, and potentially reduce the time to onset of clinical effect. 
Proof of concept for efficacy was established in the ACT11457 phase 2a study at 300 mg weekly 
for 12 weeks, which was generally well tolerated. The study showed unprecedented efficacy in a 
population of mostly severe asthmatics with poor asthma control and decreased lung function at 
baseline while on treatment with mostly high doses of ICS in combination with a LABA. In the 
subsequent phase 2b dose-ranging study, interim analysis at 12 weeks has shown the rapid effects 
of dupilumab on FEV1 and FeNO which plateaued by Week 12 following repeated treatment.  The 
treatment response was also observed to approach the maximal effect at 300 mg q2w regimen. 
4.2.5 Endpoint Rationale 
Commensurate with the hypothesis that dupilumab will overall suppress asthmatic airway 
inflammation, several endpoints have been selected for this exploratory clinical study.  
First, changes from baseline in the inflammatory cells most consistently characteristic of 
asthmatic inflammatory infiltrates, namely eosinophils, mast cells, total T-lymphocytes and 
T-helper cells, will be assessed in the submucosa of bronchial biopsies. In a clinical trial with 
omalizumab in allergic asthma, these inflammatory cell types were evaluated by bronchial 
biopsies and demonstrated a response to treatment (13).  
Bronchial biopsies afford a direct assessment of the effects of dupilumab on bronchial 
inflammation. Inflammatory cell infiltration can occur in the mucosal, submucosal and smooth 
muscle layers, but most abundantly in the submucosa. During asthmatic inflammation, 
eosinophils, mast cells, and lymphocytes, including IL-4 expressing subpopulations within each of 
these cell types, are all increased in bronchial biopsies from atopic asthmatic patients compared 
with healthy control subjects. Assessment of the abundance of these cells using 
immunohistochemistry or other staining techniques will characterize the type of inflammation and 
quantify the effects of dupilumab on immune cell infiltration. 
In addition, the reported dependence of goblet hyperplasia and mucus production on IL-4Rα 
mediated mechanisms suggests that dupilumab will markedly suppress mucin in the bronchial 
epithelium of asthmatic patients; therefore, the abundance of mucin in the mucosa will be 
quantified.   
4.2.6 Risk assessment 
In terms of safety, there are no significant safety findings based on current available data and 
dupilumab has been generally well tolerated in all clinical trials completed in healthy volunteers 
and in patient populations, including those with atopic dermatitis (AD), asthma, and chronic 
sinusitis with nasal polyposis. Local injection site reactions have been observed as the most 
frequent treatment emergent adverse event (TEAE) in studies conducted in healthy subjects. The 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 26 
adverse event profile observed in the completed and the ongoing study in patients with AD is 
consistent with the profile observed in the studies in asthma patients. The most frequent TEAEs in 
both AD and asthma patient studies were in the system organ classes (SOCs) of Infections and 
Infestations (preferred term [PT]: nasopharyngitis), Nervous System Disorder (PT: headache), and 
General Disorders and Administration Site Conditions (high level term [HLT]: injection site 
reactions). Based on the results of the recently completed dose-ranging study in patients with AD 
(study R668-AD-1021) and of the interim analysis of the dose-ranging study in patients with 
asthma (study DRI12544), injection site reactions appear to be the primary dose-dependent TEAE 
related to dupilumab treatment, while nasopharyngitis and headache appear to be balanced across 
treatment groups including placebo. A few TEAEs were observed more often in 
dupilumab-treated patients in individual studies without contributing to a pattern for a particular 
dose or underlying disease; these TEAEs include nasopharyngitis, headache, oral herpes/herpes 
simplex, cough, oropharyngeal pain, and influenza. The majority of the TEAEs were 
mild-to-moderate in intensity. 
In summary, the safety data observed so far in completed and currently ongoing studies in AD and 
asthma patients (at the same or even higher doses than that proposed for this study) have 
demonstrated a positive profile for dupilumab in comparison to placebo.  
Bronchoscopy 
Bronchoscopy will be performed prior to treatment (during screening) and at the end of treatment 
to allow assessment of the effects of dupilumab within the lung and provide a mechanistic 
understanding of the response to dupilumab in asthma.  The risks of bronchoscopy include 
discomfort and coughing (which will be reduced through local anesthetics), wheezing (which can 
be reduced by premedication with beta-agonist), reduced oxygen (which will be monitored and 
treated as needed during the procedure), minor bleeding, infection and fever. Pneumothorax is a 
rare complication of bronchoscopy. Bronchoscopies will be performed at experienced centers with 
established standard operating procedures.  Prior to the procedure, the investigator will confirm 
patient suitability by evaluating the patient’s current lung function (eg, FEV1), oxygen saturation 
and asthma control.  In addition, prior to the procedure, the investigator will perform assessments, 
such as coagulation tests and platelets, to confirm suitability as well as any other assessments, 
such as a chest X-ray, at the investigator’s discretion.  Patients will be monitored after the 
procedure for at least one hour to allow detection and treatment of any complications. Another 
major risk of doing bronchoscopy in patients with asthma is inducing an asthma exacerbation. 
Because of this patients will receive prednisone/prednisolone for 3 to 5 days after the 
bronchoscopy to prevent procedure-induced asthma exacerbations.  
4.2.7 Specific parameters rationale 
Main Endpoints 
Eosinophils, mast cells, total T-lymphocytes and T-helper lymphocytes will be counted in the 
bronchial submucosa of biopsy thin sections using quantitative histology and/or 
immunohistochemistry and reported as the number of cells per square millimeter.  
Goblet cell hyperplasia and increased production of mucin, features of asthmatic inflammation, 
will also be assessed histologically. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 27 
Additional Endpoints 
Percent eosinophils in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (BALF): 
Th2 mechanisms are recognized as drivers of eosinophilic airway inflammation in asthma. 
Assessment of eosinophilic inflammation during asthma studies is routinely achieved by 
conducting cytological examinations of bronchoalveolar lavage fluid or sputum and reporting the 
eosinophils as a percentage of total cells counted. 
FeNO: 
Nitric oxide (NO) is produced in the airway epithelium as a result of NO synthases, the activity of 
which is upregulated during inflammation. FeNO is an accepted measure of airway inflammation 
for which clinically meaningful changes have been defined (12). Use of FeNO measurements has 
been recommended by the American Thoracic Society (ATS) for the monitoring of asthmatic 
inflammation (12). FeNO can be readily performed in a standardized and quantitative manner 
using a convenient hand-held device (12). During previous studies, a significant suppression of 
FeNO was observed when dupilumab treatment was added onto ICS/LABA maintenance therapy.  
Exploratory endpoints: 
Bronchial biopsy histology  
In addition, thickening of the respiratory subepithelial membrane is a common histological 
finding in asthma.  The mechanism of this membrane thickening is not well understood, however, 
IL-4 and IL-13 are known to stimulate secretion of growth factors and to promote transformation 
of monocytes and macrophages into cell phenotypes that secrete collagen and promote 
remodeling. Therefore, dupilumab treatment has potential for slowing or reversing epithelial 
membrane thickening. 
Goblet cell hyperplasia and increased production of mucin, features of asthmatic inflammation, 
will also be assessed histologically. 
Bronchial biopsy RNA analysis: 
Bronchial brushings collected during bronchoscopy will constitute a more selective sampling of 
the respiratory mucosa which is comprised of primarily goblet cells and ciliated epithelial cells.  
Bronchoalveolar lavage cell RNA analysis: 
Cells harvested from BALF are predominantly macrophages with lesser numbers of eosinophils, 
neutrophils and lymphocytes. Recent studies have demonstrated Th2 polarization of inflammatory 
cells in sputum from asthma patients.  The current study will further explore this polarization in 
BALF cells. In a milieu dominated by IL-4, macrophages should in principle be polarized toward 
an M2a phenotype that overexpresses growth factors and may promote airway remodeling. 
Dupilumab should suppress the expression of markers associated with M2a polarization, as well 
as other markers of IL-4α driven processes in BAL cells.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 28 
Allergen-specific IgE testing: 
All patients will be evaluated at baseline and at EOT with a multiallergen-specific IgE panel, 
specific to global region for environmental allergens, which includes Staphylococcal enterotoxin 
(SAE) A & B IgE for all regions. This panel will be used to classify patients as atopic and, as 
quantitative tests to assess shifts in allergen-specific IgE titers during treatment. SAE IgE is 
associated with severe asthma, a diminished FEV1 and higher intake of oral glucocorticosteroids 
and hospitalization due to asthma exacerbations. Enterotoxins generated by S. aureus can act both 
as nominal antigens, stimulating specific IgE responses, and as superantigens, promoting a 
polyclonal IgE response reflected by an increase in total IgE levels. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 29 
5 
STUDY OBJECTIVES 
5.1 
MAIN 
The main objective of this study is to evaluate the effect of dupilumab, compared to placebo, on 
airway inflammation in patients with persistent asthma. 
5.2 
ADDITIONAL 
An additional objective of this study is to assess safety, tolerability and immunogenicity of 
dupilumab compared to placebo. 
5.3 
EXPLORATORY 
Exploratory objectives of this study include the following: 
• 
To explore the effects of dupilumab, compared to placebo, in patients with persistent 
asthma on: 
- 
Pulmonary function and asthma control, 
- 
Th2-associated biomarkers in peripheral blood.  
• 
To explore the pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic relationship of the inflammatory 
biomarkers.  
• 
To evaluate the relationship between the baseline characteristics of patients  
(eg, demographics, clinical status, clinical lab values, biomarkers, and genetic profiles) 
and treatment responses. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 30 
6 
STUDY DESIGN 
6.1 
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROTOCOL 
This study is a Phase 2a, multicenter, exploratory, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 
parallel group study assessing the effect of dupilumab administered SC for 12 weeks in patients 
with persistent asthma who are receiving at minimum a medium to high dose of ICS in 
combination with LABA. Patients requiring a third asthma controller are eligible. During the 
study, patients will undergo 2 bronchoscopy procedures, one at the beginning and one at the end 
of treatment.  
6.2 
DURATION OF STUDY PARTICIPATION 
6.2.1 Duration of study participation for each patient 
• 
A 5 weeks screening (not to exceed overall 6 weeks screening),  potentially additional 
7 days  to complete eligibility assessment and to overcome impediments to baseline 
bronchoscopy scheduling. 
• 
A 12-week treatment period. 
• 
A 12-week post-treatment period for patients not participating in an open label extension 
(OLE) study. 
- 
Eligible patients participating in an OLE study will enter the OLE study after 
completion of the end-of-treatment visit assessments.  
6.2.2 Determination of end of clinical trial (all patients) 
The last patient last visit will occur when either:   
• 
The last patient has completed the 12-week post-treatment period or, 
• 
The last patient has completed the EOT visit and enrolled in the OLE study. 
6.3 
INTERIM ANALYSIS 
A formal interim analysis is not planned. 
6.4 
STUDY COMMITTEES 
6.4.1 Data monitoring committee 
A data monitoring committee (DMC) is independent from sponsor and is commissioned for the 
dupilumab clinical development program. This committee is comprised of externally-based 
individuals with expertise in the diseases under study, biostatistics, or clinical research. The 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 31 
primary responsibilities of the DMC are to review and evaluate the safety data during the course 
of the trial and make appropriate recommendations regarding the conduct of the clinical trial to 
the Sponsor. 
The DMC procedures and safety data to be reviewed by the DMC are described in the DMC 
charter. In the above capacities, the DMC is advisory to the Sponsor. The Sponsor is responsible 
for promptly reviewing and for taking into account in a timely manner the recommendations of 
the DMC in terms of trial continuation with or without alterations or of potential trial termination.  
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 32 
7 
SELECTION OF PATIENTS 
7.1 
INCLUSION CRITERIA 
I 01. Patients with a physician diagnosis of asthma for ≥12 months, based on the Global 
Initiative for Asthma (GINA) 2015 Guidelines (11) and the following criteria: 
• 
Existing treatment with medium to high dose ICS (≥250 mcg of fluticasone propionate 
twice daily or equipotent ICS daily dosage to a maximum of 2000 mcg/day of fluticasone 
propionate or equivalent) in combination with a LABA for at least 3 months with a stable 
dose ≥1 month prior to Visit 1. 
- 
Existing treatment with a third asthma controller (eg, long-acting muscarinic 
antagonist [LAMA], leukotriene receptor antagonist [LTRA]) for at least 3 months 
with a stable dose ≥1 month prior to Visit 1 is also allowed. 
• 
Pre-bronchodilator forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) 55 to 85% of predicted 
normal at Visit 1. 
Documented reversibility from historical data within 5 years of Visit 1 of at least 12% and 
200 mL in FEV1 after the administration of 200 to 400 mcg albuterol/salbutamol (2 to 
4 inhalations of albuterol/salbutamol or of a nebulized solution of albuterol/salbutamol, if 
considered as a standard office practice) OR documented airway hyperresponsiveness 
(methacholine PC20<8 mg/mL [or PC20<16 mg/mL on ICS]) within 5 years of Visit 1. If 
historical data is not available, reversibility must be demonstrated and documented before 
baseline bronchoscopy (reversibility can be demonstrated at any time prior to baseline 
bronchoscopy (Visit 2) and randomization and does not have to occur in the same 
spirometry assessment of a compliant FEV1 test. 
I 02. Signed written informed consent. 
7.2 
EXCLUSION CRITERIA 
Patients who have met all the above inclusion criteria listed in Section 7.1 will be screened for the 
following exclusion criteria which are sorted and numbered in the following sub-sections: 
7.2.1 Exclusion criteria related to study methodology 
E 01. Patients <18 years or >65years old. 
E 02. Fractional exhaled nitric oxide (FeNO) <26 ppb at Visit 1. 
E 03. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or other lung diseases (eg, idiopathic pulmonary 
fibrosis, eosinophilic granulomatosis with polyangiitis [Churg-Strauss Syndrome], etc) 
which may impair lung function. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 33 
E 04. A patient who experiences an asthma exacerbation that results in emergency treatment, 
hospitalization due to asthma, or treatment with systemic steroids at any time from 
1 month prior to Visit 1. 
E 05. Evidence of lung disease(s) other than asthma, either clinical evidence or imaging (chest 
X-ray, computed tomography [CT], magnetic resonance imaging [MRI]) within 12 months 
of Visit 1 or at the screening visit, as per local standard of care.  
E 06. A patient who has experienced an upper or lower respiratory tract infection within the 
4 weeks prior to Visit 1. 
E 07. Previous smoker (smoking history >10 pack-years) or current smoker (within 6 months 
prior to Visit 1). 
E 08. Comorbid disease that might interfere with the evaluation of IMP or conduct of study 
procedures (eg, bronchoscopy). 
E 09. Known or suspected alcohol and/or drug abuse. 
E 10. Uncooperative or any condition that could make the patient potentially non-compliant to 
the study procedures (eg, due to language problems or psychological disorders). 
E 11. Patients requiring non-selective beta-adrenergic receptor blockers for any reason and 
initiation or dose change of a selective beta-1 adrenergic receptor blocker within 3 months 
prior to Visit 1. 
E 12. Anti-immunoglobulin E (IgE) therapy (omalizumab) or any other biologic therapy within 
130 days of Visit 1. 
E 13. Initiation of allergen immunotherapy within 3 months prior to Visit 1 or plan to begin 
therapy during the Screening Period or the Randomized Treatment Period. 
E 14. Patients who received bronchial thermoplasty within 3 years of Visit 1 OR patients who 
plan to begin therapy during the Screening Period or the Randomized Treatment Period. 
E 15. Exposure to another investigative study medication within a time period prior to Visit 1 
that is less than 5 half-lives of the study medication. For an investigative antibody, in case 
the half-life is not known, then the minimum interval since exposure to the prior 
investigative antibody is 6 months. The minimum interval since exposure to any other 
(non-antibody) investigative study medication is 30 days prior to Visit 1. 
E 16. Patients receiving medications or therapy that are prohibited as concomitant medications 
(See Section 8.8). 
E 17. Patients who have previously been treated with dupilumab in any clinical trial of 
dupilumab. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 34 
E 18. Patient is the Investigator or any Sub-Investigator, research assistant, pharmacist, study 
coordinator, other staff or relative thereof directly involved in the conduct of the study. 
E 19. Intubation for asthma within 6 months prior to Visit 1. 
E 20. Patient with a history of a life-threatening asthma attack within 5 years of Visit 1. 
E 21. Patient who has a contraindication to or is otherwise ineligible to undergo a bronchoscopy, 
as per the Investigator’s assessment (eg, coagulopathy, adverse reaction to bronchoscopy 
medications). 
E 22. Use of anticoagulants (eg, warfarin, clopidogrel). Note: regular aspirin use is permitted. 
See Section 8.8. 
7.2.2 Exclusion criteria related to the active comparator and/or mandatory background 
therapies  
E 23. Non-compliance with use of the mandatory background therapy, eg ICS/LABA 
combination, during the screening period, as defined as: 
• 
<80% of total number of prescribed doses of background medication taken during the 
screening period. Compliance is verified based on background medication use recorded on 
the patient electronic diary during the screening period. 
E 24. A patient with a history of clinically significant renal, hepatic, cardiovascular, metabolic, 
neurologic, hematologic, ophthalmologic, respiratory, gastrointestinal, cerebrovascular or 
other significant medical illness or disorder which, in the judgment of the investigator, 
could interfere with the study or require treatment that might interfere with the study. 
Specific examples include but are not limited to insulin-dependent diabetes, uncontrolled 
hypertension, active hepatitis, active or latent untreated tuberculosis, bronchiectasis. Other 
conditions that are well controlled and stable will not prohibit participation if deemed 
appropriate per the investigator’s judgment. 
E 25. Treatment with systemic (oral or injectable) corticosteroids within 28 days of Visit 1   
7.2.3 Exclusion criteria related to the current knowledge of dupilumab  
E 26. Pregnant or breast-feeding women. 
E 27. Women of childbearing potential (pre-menopausal female biologically capable of 
becoming pregnant) who: 
• 
Do not have a confirmed negative serum beta-human chorionic gonadotropin test at Visit 1 
• 
Are not protected by one of the following acceptable forms of effective contraception 
during the study: 
- 
Established use of oral, injected, implanted or inserted hormonal contraceptive, 
- 
Intrauterine device (IUD) with copper or intrauterine system (IUS) with progestogen, 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 35 
- 
Contraceptive barrier (condom, diaphragm or cervical/vault caps) used with 
spermicide (foam, gel, film, cream or suppository), if allowed by local regulations, 
- 
Female sterilization (eg, tubal occlusion, hysterectomy or bilateral salpingectomy), 
- 
For the patient’s partner: Male sterilization with post-vasectomy documentation of the 
absence of sperm in the ejaculate; the vasectomized male partner should be the sole 
partner for the patient, 
- 
True abstinence in keeping with the preferred and usual lifestyle and if allowed by 
local regulation; periodic abstinence (eg, calendar, ovulation, symptothermal,  
post-ovulation methods) is not an acceptable method of contraception. 
• 
Menopausal women (defined as at least 12 consecutive months without menses) are not 
required to use additional contraception 
E 28. Diagnosed active parasitic infection (helminths), suspected or high risk of parasitic 
infection, unless clinical and (if necessary) laboratory assessments have ruled out active 
infection before randomization. 
E 29. History of HIV infection or positive HIV serology at Visit 1. 
E 30. Known or suspected history of immunosuppression, including history of invasive 
opportunistic infections (eg, tuberculosis, histoplasmosis, listeriosis, coccidioidomycosis, 
penumocystosis, aspergillosis), despite infection resolution; or unusually frequent, 
recurrent or prolonged infections, per investigator’s judgment. Tuberculosis testing would 
be performed on a country by country basis according to local guidelines if required by 
regulatory authorities or ethics committees.  
E 31. Evidence of acute or chronic infection requiring treatment with systemic antibacterials, 
antivirals, antifungals, antiparasitics, or antiprotozoals within 4 weeks before Visit 1, 
significant viral infections within 4 weeks before Visit 1 that may not have received 
antiviral treatment (eg, influenza receiving only symptomatic treatment). Exceptions may 
be considered for uncomplicated mild viral or fungal infections requiring antiviral or 
antifungal therapy respectively only after discussion with the Investigator and approval by 
the Sponsor. 
E 32. Live attenuated vaccinations within 12 weeks prior to Visit 1 or planned live, attenuated 
vaccinations during the study; see Appendix A for list of prohibited live attenuated 
vaccines. 
E 33. Patients with active autoimmune disease or patients using immunosuppressive therapy for 
autoimmune disease (eg, rheumatoid arthritis,  inflammatory bowel disease, primary 
biliary cirrhosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, etc). 
E 34. History of malignancy within 5 years before the screening visit, except completely treated 
in situ carcinoma of the cervix, completely treated and resolved nonmetastatic squamous or 
basal cell carcinoma of the skin. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 36 
E 35. Patients with a history of a systemic hypersensitivity reaction, other than localized 
injection site reaction, to any biologic drug. 
E 36. Active hepatitis or patients with positive or indeterminate hepatitis B surface antigen 
(HBsAg), positive IgM hepatitis B core antibody (IgM-HBcAb) or positive hepatitis C 
antibody (confirmed with hepatitis C virus [HCV] RNA) at Visit 1.  Patients who are 
HBcAb positive and HBsAg negative at Visit 1 must undergo hepatitis B virus (HBV) 
DNA testing prior to randomization to determine eligibility (refer to Table 1 for eligibility 
interpretation of hepatitis serology results). 
E 37. Drug induced liver injury related criteria at Visit 1:  
• 
Underlying, active hepatobiliary disease OR 
• 
Alanine Aminotransferase (ALT) >3 Upper Limit of Normal (ULN) 
E 38. Abnormal lab values at Visit 1: 
• 
Creatine phosphokinase (CPK) >10 ULN OR 
• 
Platelets <100,000 cells/mm3 OR 
• 
Eosinophils >1500 cells/mm3 
7.2.4 Additional exclusion criteria during or at the end of screening before randomization 
E 39. Patient who has withdrawn consent before enrollment/randomization. 
E 40. Prisoners or persons who are legally institutionalized. 
E 41. Patient with known hypersensitivity to any component of the dupilumab formulation  
(See the Investigator’s Brochure for details on the formulation). 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 37 
8 
STUDY TREATMENTS 
8.1 
INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT(S) (IMP) 
8.1.1 Dupilumab 
Sterile dupilumab will be provided in 150 mg/mL in glass pre-filled syringe to deliver 300 mg in 
2 mL. 
8.1.2 Placebo 
Sterile placebo for dupilumab will be provided in identically matched glass pre-filled syringe to 
deliver 2 mL. 
8.1.3 Preparation of investigational product 
Dupilumab or matching placebo in glass pre-filled syringes will be supplied to the investigational 
site. Additional information will be provided in the Pharmacy manual. 
8.1.4 Dosing schedule 
The IMP is administered every 14 ± 3 days (q2w). The doses of investigational product must be 
separated by ≥11 days to avoid an overdose.  
The IMP will be administered at the clinical site following clinic procedures and blood collection. 
Patients should be monitored for at least 30 minutes after each study-site administered 
investigational product administration for any signs or symptoms of a hypersensitivity reaction.   
Subcutaneous injection sites should be alternated among the 4 quadrants of the abdomen 
(avoiding navel and waist areas), the upper thighs or the upper arms, so that the same site is not 
injected twice consecutively. This instruction pertains to the day that the loading dose is injected 
as well as the administration of q2w injections. For each injection, the anatomic site of 
administration will be recorded in the electronic case report form (e-CRF). 
8.2 
NONINVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT(S) 
8.2.1 Inhaled corticosteroid in combination with LABA 
On a daily basis throughout the study, the patient uses an electronic diary to record daily use of 
ICS in combination with LABA. The controller drugs will not be dispensed or supplied by the 
sponsor. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 38 
8.2.1.1 Screening period 
Prior to screening, patients must be on a stable background therapy of a medium to high dose of 
ICS (≥250 mcg of fluticasone propionate twice daily or equipotent ICS daily dosage to a 
maximum of 2000 mcg/day of fluticasone propionate or equivalent) in combination with a 
long-acting beta agonist [LABA] for at least 3 months with a stable dose ≥1 month prior to 
Visit 1. Patients requiring a third controller are allowed to participate in this study. The third 
controller should also be used for at least 3 months with a stable dose ≥1 month prior to  
Visit 1(patients requiring oral steroids as controller medication or biologics are excluded). If 
patients take two different ICS, the total daily dose of ICS should be calculated to evaluate the 
eligibility criteria on daily dose of ICS which will be still considered as one controller. Please 
refer to medium and high dose of ICS in Appendix B. Please note that the dose of ICS means the 
delivered dose from inhaler. For example, 110 mcg of fluticasone propionate MDI could deliver 
125 mcg of fluticasone propionate, and 125 mcg will be used to calculate the ICS dose for 
eligibility.  
If the Study Investigator based on their medical judgment, decides to optimize use of asthma 
medications prior to Visit 1 irrespective of potential participation in the study, note that changes in 
ongoing asthma medications must occur at least 1 month prior to Visit 1. The introduction of new 
controller medications must occur at least 3 months prior to Visit 1 with a stable dose for at least 
1 month prior to Visit 1. 
8.2.1.2 Randomized treatment period 
During this period, patients will continue to take their controller medication(s) used during the 
screening period. The dose and regimen should not be changed. Only a transient increase in dose 
of ICS in addition to other rescue medication will be allowed to treat acute symptoms of asthma 
as per investigator's guidance. This will be recorded in the eCRF. 
8.2.1.3 Post-treatment period 
Upon completing the randomized treatment period, patients not continuing with the open label 
extension will proceed to be treated with the controller medication regimen and dose used during 
the randomized treatment period, which could be adjusted based on the medical judgment of the 
investigator of the patients’ asthma control status.  
8.2.2 Albuterol or levalbuterol reliever medication 
The reliever medication will not be dispensed or supplied by the sponsor. 
Patients may administer albuterol/salbutamol or levalbuterol/levosalbutamol MDI as reliever 
medication as needed during the study. Nebulizer solutions may be used as an alternative delivery 
method.  
All other reliever medications rather than albuterol/salbutamol or levalbuterol/levosalbutamol 
should be avoided. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 39 
8.2.3 Prednisone / Prednisolone 
After the bronchoscopy procedure, patients will receive prednisone/prednisolone 40 mg po daily 
for 3 days.  Treatment may be extended up to a total of 5 days if clinically indicated.  If a patient 
requires treatment with prednisone/prednisolone for more than 5 days after the first bronchoscopy, 
the patient will not be included in the study due to the bronchoscopy requirement at the  
end-of-treatment. 
Prednisone/prednisolone will not be dispensed or supplied by the sponsor. 
8.3 
BLINDING PROCEDURES 
8.3.1 Methods of blinding 
Dupilumab and placebo will be provided in identically matched 2.25 mL pre-filled syringes. To 
protect the blind, each treatment kit of 2.25 mL (dupilumab / placebo) glass pre-filled syringes 
will be prepared such that the treatments (dupilumab and its matching placebo according to its 
dose) are identical and indistinguishable and will be labeled with a treatment kit number.  The 
randomized treatment kit number list will be generated by Sanofi.     
Study patients, Investigators, and study site personnel will not have access to the randomization 
(treatment codes) except under circumstances described in Section 8.3.2. 
Refer to Section 10.5 for suspected unexpected adverse drug reaction unblinding by the Sponsor. 
8.3.2 Randomization code breaking during the study 
In case of an adverse event (AE), the code should only be broken in circumstances when 
knowledge of the IMP is required for treating the patient.  
Code breaking can be performed at any time by using the proper module of the interactive voice 
response system (IVRS)/interactive web response system (IWRS) and/or by calling any other 
phone number provided by the Sponsor for that purpose.  If the blind is broken, the Investigator 
should document the date, time of day, and reason for code breaking.   
Patient withdrawal will only occur when the code break call is made at the site level, not the study 
level. This means that if the Emergency Unblinding transaction is performed by the investigator 
(ie, at the site level), then the patient will be withdrawn from treatment. However, if the 
Emergency Unblinding transaction is performed by the Global Safety Officer (GSO) (ie, at the 
study level, as the GSO is not site based), then the patient will not be withdrawn from treatment. 
At the facilities where the systemic drug concentration measurements, anti-drug antibodies and 
selected biomarkers are determined, the samples will be analyzed prior to data base lock leading 
to unblinding of responsible bioanalysts. Bioanalysts are excluded from the clinical trial team. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 40 
Patients, investigators and site personnel will not have access to assay results for eotaxin-3, 
antigen-specific IgE, total IgE, Eosinophil Cationic Protein (ECP), TARC and periostin while the 
study is ongoing, as the related data are not essential for patient care and have the potential for 
unblinding. 
The Data Monitoring Committee will receive blinded by treatment group or unblinded (if 
necessary) confidential reports from an independent statistician for review, which have to be 
handled strictly confidentially. None of these reports can be delivered to unauthorized persons. 
8.4 
METHOD OF ASSIGNING PATIENTS TO TREATMENT GROUP 
A randomized treatment kit number list will be generated centrally by Sanofi. The investigational 
product (dupilumab or placebo) will be packaged in accordance with this list. 
The Sanofi Clinical Supplies team will provide the randomized treatment kit number list and the 
Study Biostatistician will provide the randomization scheme to the centralized treatment 
allocation system. This centralized treatment allocation system will generate the patient 
randomization list according to which it will allocate the treatments to the patients. 
Patients who meet the entry criteria will be randomized to receive either dupilumab or placebo.  
Patients who failed screening for transient entry criteria may be re-screened once more if the 
study enrolment is still open; a different patient identification will be issued. Re-screening is not 
permitted if the patient failed screening after baseline bronchoscopy was already performed. 
There is no requirement for a waiting period between the screen-failure date and the re-screening 
date. The IVRS/IWRS report will flag re-screened patients. Patients that are re-screened must sign 
a new consent form and all Visit 1 procedures must be repeated unless a prior assessment is 
performed within the time frame permitted prior to study entry. 
The Investigator obtains treatment kit numbers at randomization and subsequent scheduled visits 
via an IVRS/IWRS that will be available 24 hours a day.   
Patients will be randomized using a 1:1 randomization ratio for dupilumab 300 mg q2w and  
placebo q2w in 2 mL. Randomization will be stratified by ICS dose (medium and high) and 
region (North America and Europe). 
A randomized patient is defined as a patient who is registered and assigned with a treatment kit 
number from the centralized treatment allocation system, as documented from its log file. A 
patient cannot be randomized more than once in the study. 
8.5 
PACKAGING AND LABELING 
Dupilumab and placebo will be supplied as one glass pre-filled syringe packed in a patient kit 
box.  Both glass pre-filled syringe and box will be labeled.  
Packaging is in accordance with the administration schedule. The content of the labeling is in 
accordance with the local regulatory specifications and requirements. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 41 
8.6 
STORAGE CONDITIONS AND SHELF LIFE 
All investigational products should be stored at a temperature between 2°C and 8°C in an 
appropriate, locked room under the responsibility of the Investigator or other authorized persons 
(eg, pharmacists) in accordance with local regulations, policies and procedures.  
Control of investigational product storage conditions, especially control of temperature 
(eg, refrigerated storage) and information on in-use stability and instructions for handling the IMP 
should be managed according to the rules provided by the Sponsor. 
8.7 
RESPONSIBILITIES 
The Investigator, the hospital pharmacist, or other personnel allowed to store and dispense the 
IMP will be responsible for ensuring that the IMP used in the clinical trial is securely maintained 
as specified by the Sponsor and in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. 
All IMP will be dispensed in accordance with the Investigator's prescription and it is the 
Investigator's responsibility to ensure that an accurate record of IMP is maintained. 
Any quality issue noticed with the receipt or use of an IMP (deficiency in condition, appearance, 
pertaining documentation, labeling, expiration date, etc) should be promptly notified to the 
Sponsor. Some deficiencies may be recorded through a complaint procedure. 
A potential defect in the quality of IMP may be subject to initiation of a recall procedure by the 
Sponsor. In this case, the Investigator will be responsible for promptly addressing any request 
made by the Sponsor, in order to recall IMP and eliminate potential hazards. 
Under no circumstances will the Investigator supply IMP to a third party, allow the IMP to be 
used other than as directed by this clinical trial protocol, or dispose of IMP in any other manner. 
8.7.1 Treatment accountability and compliance 
The Investigator or pharmacist will also keep accurate records of the quantities of the IMP 
dispensed, used and unused. The IMP tracking log and inventory form is to be updated each time 
investigational product is dispensed. The study monitor will periodically check the supplies of the 
IMP held by the Investigator or pharmacist to verify accountability. 
Treatment kit number has to be recorded on the appropriate page of the e-CRF and also on the 
IMP tracking log and inventory log form.  
An electronic diary is used by the patient for the daily recording of salbutamol/albuterol or 
levosalbutamol/levoalbuterol use as well as daily combination product ICS/LABA use and 
recording of oral steroids use after bronchoscopy and in case of an exacerbation event. Site 
personnel will review and download the eDiary data at each clinic visit and will follow up with 
the patient accordingly. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 42 
The Monitoring Team in charge of the study will have to check case report form data comparing 
them with the centralized treatment allocation system information, the IMP kit and IMP tracking 
log and inventory form. 
For NIMP not provided by the Sponsor, tracking and reconciliation has to be achieved by the 
Investigator and must be captured in standard site documents and records (eg, medical notes). 
8.7.2 Return and/or destruction of treatments 
All used, partially-used or unused treatments will be retrieved by the Sponsor or destroyed at 
study site. 
The IMP tracking log and inventory form will be used by the Investigator (or the pharmacist) to 
document destroyed IMP. The form will be countersigned by the Investigator and the monitoring 
team. The Investigator will not destroy the unused IMP unless the Sponsor provides written 
authorization.  
For NIMP not provided by the Sponsor, tracking and reconciliation has to be achieved by the 
Investigator and must be captured in standard site documents and records (eg, medical notes). 
8.8 
CONCOMITANT MEDICATION 
A concomitant medication is any treatment received by the patient concomitantly to any IMP(s). 
8.8.1 Prohibited Concomitant Medication 
The following concomitant treatments are not permitted during the Screening Period or the 
Randomized Treatment Period: 
• 
Systemic steroids (steroids can only be used to treat an asthma exacerbation and after 
bronchoscopy as described in Section 8.2.3). 
• 
Anti-immunoglobulin E (IgE) therapy (eg, omalizumab). 
• 
Biologic therapy. 
• 
Immunosupressant. 
• 
Beta-adrenergic receptor blockers (except for a selective beta-1 adrenergic receptor 
blocker initiated more than 3 months prior to Visit 1 with stable dose for at least 3 months 
prior to Visit 1). 
• 
Allergen immunotherapy (except if initiated more than 3 months prior to Visit 1 with 
stable dose for at least 1 month prior to Visit 1). 
• 
Bronchial thermoplasty. 
• 
Intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG) therapy. 
• 
Live, Attenuated Vaccines: Refer to Appendix A. 
• 
Anticoagulants: clopidogrel, warfarin, rivaroxaban, dabigatran, apixaban. 
• 
Other investigational drugs. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 43 
8.8.2 Permitted concomitant medication 
• 
Antihistamines are permitted as concomitant medication. 
• 
Topical, ocular or intranasal corticosteroids are permitted during the study. 
• 
Aspirin. 
• 
Selective beta-1 adrenergic receptor blockers, if patient has been on a stable dose for at 
least 3 months prior to Visit 1. 
8.8.3 CYP substrates  
The impact of dupilumab on cytochrome P450 (CYP) enzyme activity has not been studied and 
the effect of dupilumab on levels of IL-4 and IL-13 has not been fully characterized. However, 
interleukin-4 (IL-4) was reported to upregulate CYP2E1, 2B6, 3A4 mRNA expression or 
downregulate CYP1A2 mRNA (14, 15). Human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) 
incubated with various Th2 cytokines showed that IL-4 and IL-13 increased mRNA expression of 
CYP2B6 and CYP3A4 (16).  Since the clinical significance of the limited in vitro findings for 
IL-4 and IL-13 involvement in CYP regulation and the impact of dupilumab on CYP enzymes are 
not fully understood, during the study treatment and at least up to the end of follow-up, caution 
should be used for drugs which are metabolized via these CYP isoforms and which have a narrow 
therapeutic index.  This means that close clinical observation and/or laboratory monitoring as 
applicable are required in order to enable early detection of toxic manifestations or lack of 
activity/efficacy of these drugs, followed by dose adjustment or their withdrawal if needed. Some 
examples of CYP450 substrates with narrow therapeutic indices are provided in Appendix C. 
 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 44 
9 
ASSESSMENT OF INVESTIGATIONAL MEDICINAL PRODUCT 
9.1 
MAIN ENDPOINT 
9.1.1 Main Pharmacodynamic Endpoints 
There are multiple main pharmacodynamic endpoints in this exploratory study.  These endpoints 
will be assessed on bronchial biopsies taken at baseline and the end of treatment (12 weeks) and 
include the following: 
• 
Change from baseline in numbers of the following inflammatory cells in the bronchial 
submucosa (per square millimeter) at 12 weeks: 
- 
Eosinophils, 
- 
Mast cells, 
- 
Total T-lymphocytes, 
- 
T-helper lymphocytes. 
• 
Change from baseline in mucin-stained area in the bronchial mucosa (per square 
millimeter) at 12 weeks.  
- 
Mucin will be identified by staining with Alcian-blue periodic acid-Schiff and/or 
immunostaining for MUC5AC and then the mucin-positive area will be measured and 
expressed per square millimeter. 
9.2 
ADDITIONAL ENDPOINTS 
9.2.1 Additional Pharmacodynamic Endpoints 
• 
Absolute and relative change from baseline in FeNO at 12 weeks. 
• 
Absolute and relative change from baseline in the average FeNO from 6 to 12 weeks.  
9.2.1.1 Fractional Exhaled Nitric Oxide  
Fractional exhaled nitric oxide (FeNO) will be analyzed using a NIOX instrument (Aerocrine AB, 
Solna, Sweden), or similar analyzer using a flow rate of 50 mL/s, and reported in parts per billion 
(ppb). This assessment should be conducted prior to spirometry and following a fast of at least 
1 hour. Further details on the procedure for measuring exhaled nitric oxide with NIOX will be 
provided in a separate instruction manual. FeNO will be performed at multiple times during the 
study as specified in the study flowchart (Section 1.2).  
Treatment effect on FeNO will be assessed at the end of treatment (12 weeks) as both an absolute 
and relative change from baseline.  In addition, FeNO will be assessed at multiple time points 
during the treatment period and the change from baseline in average FeNO from 6 to 12 weeks 
will be assessed. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 45 
9.2.2 Safety endpoints  
The same safety assessments will be applied across all arms.  Adverse events, including serious 
adverse events (SAEs) and adverse events of special interest (AESI), will be collected at every 
visit. The Investigator will ask the patient how he/she has felt since the last study visit. The study 
specific and general safety criteria are detailed in Section 10.4. To assure the continuing safety of 
patients in this study, an independent DMC will be responsible for reviewing the safety data on a 
periodic basis throughout the course of the study as outlined in Section 6.4.1.  
Safety observations 
• 
The Investigator should take all appropriate measures to ensure the safety of the patients. 
Notably, he/she should follow up the outcome of SAEs /AESI until clinical recovery is 
complete and laboratory results have returned to normal or until progression has been 
stabilized or death. In all cases, this may imply that observations will continue beyond the 
last planned visit per protocol, and that additional investigations may be requested by the 
Sponsor. 
• 
When treatment is prematurely discontinued, the patient’s observations will continue until 
the end of the study as defined by the protocol for that patient. 
• 
In case of any SAE/AESI with immediate notification brought to the attention of the 
Investigator at any time after the end of the study for the patient and considered by him/her 
to be caused by the investigational product with a reasonable possibility, this should be 
reported to the Sponsor. 
9.2.2.1 Adverse events 
Adverse events for each patient will be monitored and documented from the time the patient gives 
informed consent at Visit 1 until the End-of Study Visit or till the rollover to the extension study 
except for SAEs and AESIs.  
Adverse events, adverse events with special interest (AESI) and serious adverse events (SAEs) 
will be reported as described in Section 10.4. 
Refer to Section 10.4 to Section 10.7 for details. 
9.2.2.2 Laboratory safety variables 
The clinical laboratory data consist of blood analysis (including hematology, clinical chemistry 
and serology) and urinalysis. Clinical laboratory values will be analyzed after conversion into 
standard international units. International units will be used in all listings and tables. 
The clinical laboratory tests will be conducted by an accredited (College of American Pathologists 
or equivalent) central laboratory with national and regional clinical licenses as required for 
diagnostic testing and must provide evidence of participation in proficiency testing, as 
appropriate. After reviewing the laboratory report and evaluating any results that are outside the 
normal range, the Investigator must sign and date the laboratory report. Abnormal laboratory 
values that are considered to be clinically significant by the Investigator must be repeated as soon 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 46 
as possible after receiving the laboratory report to rule out laboratory error. Persistent abnormal 
laboratory values should be repeated until they return to normal or until an etiology of the 
persistent abnormality is determined. 
Refer to Section 1.2 Study Flow Chart for the description of the clinical laboratory evaluations 
and the schedule of laboratory evaluations performed throughout this study. 
The clinical laboratory testing parameters that will be measured are: 
• 
Hematology: hemoglobin, hematocrit, platelet count, total white blood cell count with 
five-part differential count (neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, monocytes and 
lymphocytes), and total red blood cell count. 
• 
Coagulation: Prothrombin time, partial thromboplastin time (PTT) at Visit 1 only 
• 
Serum chemistry: creatinine, blood urea nitrogen, glucose, uric acid, total cholesterol, 
total protein, albumin, total bilirubin (in case of values above the normal range, 
differentiation in conjugated and non-conjugated bilirubin), alanine aminotransferase, 
aspartate aminotransferase, alkaline phosphatase, lactate dehydrogenase (LDH), 
electrolytes (sodium, potassium, chloride), bicarbonate, and creatine phosphokinase. The 
blood sample must be taken with the patient in fasting state which means no intake of any 
food or drink except for water for at least 8 hours. (If the visit can only be done during the 
day and the patient is not under fasting conditions, the patient should eat light food and the 
site should document that serum chemistry is not taken under fasting conditions). 
• 
Anti-nuclear antibody (ANA) at Visit 1 for all patients and at Visit 8 only for patients 
planned to participate in the OLE. Note: Anti-ds DNA antibody will be tested if ANA is 
positive (≥1:160 titer). 
Other laboratory safety testing that will be measured includes: 
• 
Urinalysis: Urine dipstick analysis including specific gravity, pH, glucose, ketones, blood, 
protein, nitrate, leukocyte esterase, urobilinogen and bilirubin. A quantitative 
measurement for glucose, protein, erythrocytes, and leucocytes will be performed in the 
event that the urine dipstick is positive for any of the above parameters. If the urine 
dipstick is positive for proteins, a microscopic analysis will be performed.  
• 
Virus serology testing: (at Visit 1 for all patients and at Visit 8 only for patients planned 
to participate in the OLE)  hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg), hepatitis B surface 
antibody (HBsAb), hepatitis B core antibody (HBcAb [total and IgM]) and hepatitis C 
virus antibodies (HCV Ab), HIV screen (Anti-HIV-1 and HIV-2 antibodies). Patients who 
are Total-HBcAb positive and HBsAg negative at Visit 1 must undergo HBV DNA testing 
prior to randomization to determine eligibility. In case of results showing HCV Ab 
positive, HCV RNA testing must be performed prior to randomization to determine 
eligibility. At Visit 8, the follow-up testing noted above (HBV DNA or HCV RNA) must 
be done as needed to determine eligibility for the OLE study. Refer to Table 1 for 
eligibility interpretation of hepatitis serology results. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 47 
Table 1 - Hepatitis Serology Eligibility Interpretation 
Hepatitis Serology Result 
Protocol Action 
HBsAg positive or indeterminate 
Excluded 
IgM-HBcAb positive 
Excluded 
total-HBcAb positive (with or without HBsAb positive) 
Test for HBV DNA 
• 
If HBV DNA positive/detected: Excluded. 
• 
If HBV DNA negative/not detected: Eligiblea. 
HBsAb positive, HBsAg negative, HBcAb negative 
Eligible 
HCV Ab positive 
Test for HCV RNA 
• 
If HCV RNA positive/detected: Excluded. 
• 
If HCV RNA negative/not detected: Eligible. 
a It is recommended that patients who are receiving potentially immunosuppressive therapy and are HBcAb positive and HBV DNA negative 
undergo surveillance HBV DNA studies every 1-3 months depending upon the individual potential therapeutic risk and comorbidities. Repeat 
HBV DNA testing should be considered at Visit 8 for these patients.  If necessary, a hepatologist should be consulted on a case-by-case 
basis. 
Decision trees for the management of certain laboratory abnormalities by Sanofi are provided in 
Appendix D. 
9.2.2.3 Vital signs 
Vital signs include: blood pressure (mmHg), heart rate (beats per minute), respiration rate (breaths 
per minute) and body temperature (degrees Celsius).  Vital signs will be measured in the sitting 
position using the same arm at each visit, and will be measured prior to receiving investigational 
product at the clinic visits.  Body temperature may be measured as oral or auricular, but at a 
clinical site, temperature must be measured consistently with the same method throughout the 
study. Refer to Section 1.2 Study Flow Chart for the schedule of vital signs performed throughout 
this study. 
9.2.2.4 Oxygen saturation 
On Visits 2 and 9, oxygen saturation will be measured by pulse oximetry before the bronchoscopy 
procedure to ensure patient suitability (See Section 10.1.2 and Section 10.1.10).  The  
pre-bronchoscopy oxygen saturation (%) will be recorded in the eCRF. In addition, during and 
after the bronchoscopy procedure, the patient’s oxygen saturation will be monitored for safety, as 
per the clinical site’s standard procedures.  
9.2.2.5 Physical Examination 
Physical examinations will include an assessment of general appearance, skin, eyes, 
ear/nose/throat, heart, chest, abdomen, reflexes, lymph nodes, spine and extremities.  All 
deviations from normal will be recorded, including those attributable to the patient’s disease. 
Refer to Section 1.2 for the schedule of physical examinations performed throughout this study. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 48 
9.2.2.6 Electrocardiogram (ECG) variables 
A minimum of 3 complexes in an appropriate lead (lead II) will be averaged to determine the 
PR-interval, QT/QTc-interval, QRS-complex and heart rate will be measured for each ECG.   
The investigator should review the ECG and document his/her interpretation signed and dated on 
the ECG print out.  The original trace is kept as source data.  Electrocardiogram tracings are also 
read manually by independent, certified and “centralized” cardiologists, who determine ECG 
parameters and who in addition alert the Investigator and the Sponsor of any clinically significant 
findings or changes. These manually read tracings are the ECG tracing of record for this clinical 
trial. A specific written manual regarding the procedures related to the centralized ECG reading 
are provided to each investigator. Refer to the ECG manual for further details.  
Note: Any abnormal ECG parameter should be immediately rechecked for confirmation before 
making a decision of permanent discontinuation of treatment with dupilumab for the concerned 
patient. 
9.2.2.7 Pregnancy test 
A serum pregnancy test (β-human chorionic gonadotrophin) will be performed at screening 
(Visit 1) in women of childbearing potential, and a urine dipstick pregnancy test will be 
performed at Visit 3 prior to randomization and other visits. A negative result must be obtained at 
Visits 1 and 3 prior to randomization. Refer to Section 1.2 Study Flow Chart for the schedule of 
pregnancy test performed throughout this study. 
9.2.3 Systemic drug concentration and anti-drug antibodies 
9.2.3.1 Sampling time 
Predose blood samples will be collected for determination of serum functional dupilumab and 
anti-dupilumab antibodies as designated in the study flow chart (see Section 1.2).  The date of 
collection should be recorded in the patient e-CRF.  The date and time also will be collected on 
the central laboratory requisition form and entered into the database through data transfers from 
the central laboratory.  
If an SAE occurs in a patient, blood samples should be collected for determination of functional 
dupilumab concentration, and anti-dupilumab antibody assessment at or near the onset and 
completion of the occurrence of the event, if possible.  The exact date and time of sample 
collection must be recorded and entered into the database by the central laboratory.  An 
unscheduled systemic drug concentration page in the e-CRF must be completed as well. 
Patients who discontinue early from treatment or patients who choose not to participate in the 
OLE study may be asked to return to the clinic to have additional ADA samples collected for 
analysis based on the overall clinical presentation at that time. Patients may be scheduled for 
additional follow-up ADA assessments after the EOS visit if necessary based on the overall 
assessment of antibody titers and clinical presentation. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 49 
9.2.3.2 Handling procedure 
Special procedures for collection, storage, and shipping of serum are described in separate 
operational manuals.  An overview of handling procedure for samples used in the determination 
of systemic drug concentration and anti-drug antibodies is provided in Table 2.  
Table 2 - Summary of handling procedures for dupilumab and anti-dupilumab antibody 
Sample type 
Functional dupilumab 
Anti-dupilumab antibody 
Matrix 
Serum 
Serum 
Blood sample volume 
5 mL 
5 mL 
Anticoagulant 
None 
None 
Blood handling procedures 
See Operational Manual 
See Operational Manual 
Serum aliquot split 
Two aliquots 
Two aliquots 
Storage conditions 
<6 months: below -20°C 
<24 months: below -80°C (preferred) 
<6 months: below -20°C 
<24 months: below -80°C (preferred) 
Serum shipment condition 
In dry ice  
In dry ice 
9.2.3.3 Bioanalytical method 
Serum samples will be assayed using validated methods as described in Table 3. 
Table 3 - Summary of bioanalytical methods for dupilumab and anti-dupilumab antibody 
Analyte 
Functional dupilumab 
Anti-dupilumab antibody 
Matrix 
Serum 
Serum 
Analytical technique 
ELISA 
Electrochemiluminescence 
Site of bioanalysis 
Regeneron 
Regeneron 
9.2.3.4 Systemic drug concentrations and Anti-drug antibody parameters 
Predose serum dupilumab concentrations at Visit 3 (Day 1), dupilumab trough levels at Week 2, 
Week 6, and Week 8 and Week 12 and follow-up serum dupilumab at Week 18 and Week 24 
(EOS) will be provided. 
Anti-dupilumab antibody status (negative or titer value, if positive in the ADA assay) at Visit 3 
(Day 1), Week 8, Week 12 and Week 24 (EOS) will be provided. 
Unused samples collected for drug concentration or ADA analyses may be used for exploratory 
biomarker research, to investigate unexpected AEs or for drug concentration assessments. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 50 
9.3 
EXPLORATORY ENDPOINTS 
9.3.1 Exploratory Efficacy endpoints 
• 
Change from baseline in spirometry including FEV1 
- 
Absolute change from baseline in pre-bronchodilator FEV1 at Weeks 2, 4, 6, 8 and 12, 
- 
Percent change from baseline in pre-bronchodilator FEV1 at Weeks 2, 4, 6, 8 and 12,  
- 
Change from baseline in other lung function measurements (% predicted FEV1, forced 
vital capacity [FVC], forced expiratory flow [FEF]25-75%) at Weeks 2, 4, 6, 8 and 12.  
• 
Change from baseline in morning [AM]/evening [PM] peak expiratory flow [PEF] at 
Weeks 2, 4, 6, 8 and 12.  
• 
Change from baseline in Asthma Control Questionnaire 5-question version [ACQ-5] score 
at Weeks 4, 8 and 12. 
9.3.1.1 Disease-specific efficacy measures 
9.3.1.1.1 Spirometry 
A spirometer that meets the 2005 American Thoracic Society (ATS) / European Respiratory 
Society (ERS) recommendations will be used. Spirometry should be performed in accordance 
with the ATS/ ERS guidelines (17). For pre-bronchodilator measured parameters, including FEV1, 
PEF, FVC, FEV1/FVC and FEV 25-75%, spirometry will be performed in the morning after 
withholding the last dose of salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 
hours and withholding the last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld 
for at least 24 hours) and withholding the last dose of long-acting muscarinic antagonist (LAMA) 
for at least 24 hours. 
At all visits, spirometry should be performed between 6:00 AM and 12:00 PM. The same 
spirometer and standard spirometric techniques, including calibration, will be used to perform 
spirometry at all visits and, whenever possible, the same person should perform the 
measurements.  
Pulmonary function tests will be measured in the sitting position; however, if necessary to 
undertake the testing with the patient standing or in another position, this should be noted on the 
spirometry report. For any patient, the position should be consistent throughout the study. 
Three measurements fulfilling the ATS acceptability and repeatability criteria should be obtained 
at every visit. The acceptability criteria must be applied before the repeatability criteria. 
Unacceptable maneuvers must be discarded before applying the repeatability criteria.  
The largest FEV1 and largest FVC should be recorded after the data are examined from all of the 
acceptable curves, even if they do not come from the same curve. The FEF 25-75% should be 
obtained from the single curve that meets the acceptability criteria and gives the largest sum of 
FVC plus FEV1 (best test). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 51 
Automated best efforts, which combine FEV1 and FVC are not acceptable. 
The spirometer must be calibrated following the principles of the ATS/ERS guidelines every day 
that a study patient is seen and spirometry is carried out. The calibration records should be kept in 
a reviewable log. It is preferred that the calibration equipment (ie, 3-liter syringe) that is used to 
calibrate the spirometer be subjected to a validated calibration according to the manufacturer’s 
specifications. 
Further details on spirometry will be available in a separate operational manual provided to the 
sites. 
9.3.1.1.2 Reversibility 
If not documented within 5 years of screening, a reversibility test may be administered during 
screening following pulmonary function testing after asthma medications have been withheld for 
the appropriate intervals. Reversibility in this circumstance could be demonstrated and recorded in 
a spirometry assessment regardless of FEV1 compliance with entry criterion at that visit.  Patients 
will receive two to up to four puffs of albuterol/salbutamol from a primed MDI. Alternatively and 
only if it is consistent with usual office practice (to be documented), reversibility may be 
performed using inhalation of nebulized albuterol/salbutamol. Spirometry may be repeated several 
times within 30 minutes after administration of bronchodilator. Reversibility, which is defined as 
an increase in absolute FEV1 of 12% over the baseline value, with an absolute increase of at least 
200 mL, must be demonstrated within 30 minutes of bronchodilator administration. If the patient 
does not meet the reversibility at Visit 1, up to 3 repeat assessments can be performed at any time 
(ie, unscheduled visits) prior to Visit 2 . 
9.3.1.1.3 ACQ-5  (Asthma Control Questionnaire, 5-question version) 
The ACQ-5 was designed to measure both the adequacy of asthma control and change in asthma 
control which occurs either spontaneously or as a result of treatment.  
The ACQ-5 has 5 questions, reflecting the top-scoring five asthma symptoms: woken at night by 
symptoms, wake in the mornings with symptoms, limitation of daily activities, shortness of breath 
and wheeze. Patients are asked to recall how their asthma has been during the previous week and 
to respond to the symptom questions on a 7-point scale (0=no impairment, 6= maximum 
impairment) (see Appendix G). 
A global score is calculated: the questions are equally weighted and the ACQ-5 score is the mean 
of the 5 questions and, therefore, between 0 (totally controlled) and 6 (severely uncontrolled).  
Higher score indicates lower asthma control. Patients with a score below 1.0 reflect adequately 
controlled asthma and patients with scores above 1.0 reflect inadequately controlled asthma. On 
the 7-point scale of the ACQ-5, a change or difference in score of 0.5 is the smallest change that 
can be considered clinically important, corresponding to the Minimal Clinically Important 
Difference (MCID) defined by the developer. 
Measurement properties such as reliability and ability to detect change have been documented in 
the literature (18). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 52 
9.3.1.2 Disease-specific, daily efficacy assessments 
9.3.1.2.1 Electronic diary/ PEF meter  
On a daily basis throughout the study, the patient uses an electronic diary / PEF meter to: 
• 
Measure morning and evening PEF, 
• 
Indicate the number of inhalations/day of salbutamol/albuterol or, 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for symptom relief, 
• 
Record the number of inhalations/day of background product used, 
• 
Record oral steroids use after bronchoscopy and for exacerbation event. 
At screening (Visit 1), patients will be issued an electronic diary/PEF. Patients will be instructed 
on the use of the device, and written instructions on the use of the electronic PEF meter will be 
provided to the patients. In addition, the investigator will instruct the patients on how to record the 
following variables in the electronic PEF meter: 
• 
AM PEF performed within 15 minutes after arising (between 5:30 AM and 12:00 PM) prior 
to taking any albuterol/salbutamol or levalbuterol/levosalbutamol, 
• 
PM PEF performed in the evening (between 5:30 PM and 12:00 AM) prior to taking any 
albuterol/salbutamol or levalbuterol/levosalbutamol, 
• 
Patients should try to withhold albuterol/salbutamol or levalbuterol/levosalbutamol for at 
least 6 hours prior to measuring their PEF, 
• 
Three PEF efforts will be performed by the patient; all 3 values will be recorded by the 
electronic PEF meter, and the highest value will be used for evaluation. 
Baseline AM PEF will be the mean AM measurement recorded for the 7 days prior to Visit 2, and 
baseline PM PEF will be the mean PM measurement recorded for the 7 days prior to Visit 2. 
Period stability limit is defined as the respective mean AM or PM PEF obtained over the last 
7 days prior to Visit 2.  
Information derived from the electronic PEF meter will be evaluated by the Investigator at study 
visits.  
9.3.2 Exploratory Pharmacodynamic Analyses 
To evaluate the mechanism of action of dupilumab, biomarkers related to asthmatic inflammation 
and Th2 polarization will be assessed in bronchoscopy samples, including BALF, bronchial 
brushings and bronchial biopsies. RNA will be isolated from these samples to characterize 
treatment related changes in gene expression. In addition, selected biomarkers will be assessed in 
peripheral blood to allow correlation with the airway and/or therapeutic responses, to document 
the time course of drug response, and to compare with observations in other dupilumab clinical 
studies.   
All samples will be archived to allow further analyses related to the mechanism of action of 
dupilumab. More detailed information on the collection, handling, transport and preservation of 
samples (eg, minimum volumes required for blood collection and for aliquots for each biomarker 
assay) will be provided in a separate laboratory manual. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 53 
The exploratory biomarkers include: 
• 
PD Biomarkers in blood (at Visits 1 , 2 [baseline], 6 [6 weeks] and 9[12 weeks] unless 
otherwise noted):  
- 
TARC,  
- 
PARC,  
- 
Monocyte chemotactic protein-4 (MCP-4),  
- 
Periostin , 
- 
ECP,  
- 
Eotaxin 3, 
- 
IgE: total IgE (at Visits 1, 2, 6 and 9) and multi-allergen-specific IgE panel, which 
includes Staphylococcal enterotoxin (SAE) A & B IgE (at Visits 2 and 9 only), 
- 
Cytokines: IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-13, TNF-α, IFN-γ,  
- 
Note: Samples taken at Visits 1 and 2 will be analyzed for the PD biomarkers listed 
above for all patients who are randomized.  Samples from patients who are not 
randomized may be analyzed or stored for future use (See Section 10.1). 
• 
BALF will be assessed for evidence of overall inflammation, eg, chemokines, 
inflammatory proteins and inflammatory cells, as specified in the laboratory manual. 
• 
RNA: RNA will be isolated from bronchoscopy samples (biopsy, brushings, and BAL) 
and whole blood and will be subjected to discrete panels of PCR analyses to evaluate 
genes related to inflammation including eosinophils, lymphocyte subsets and 
macrophages.  RNA will also be stored for future analyses which may include microarray 
analysis.  
• 
Additional inflammatory cell counts in bronchial epithelium and submucosa will be 
assessed by IHC/histology, including: 
- 
Mast cells, eosinophils, total T lymphocytes and T helper lymphocytes in bronchial 
epithelium. 
• 
Basement membrane thickness will be measured in bronchial biopsies 
• 
Brushings will be obtained for analysis of inflammatory protein expression, as specified in 
the laboratory manual. 
• 
Inflammatory cell counts in BALF including: eosinophils, macrophages, lymphocytes, 
neutrophils, epithelial cells, mast cells 
- 
Bronchoalveolar lavage will be performed at baseline and at the end of treatment 
(12 weeks) according to the study manual.  Cells will be recovered by centrifugation 
and slides will be prepared for cellular differential.  The procedure for slide 
preparation and staining will be described in a separate study manual.  Differential cell 
counts will be performed by a central reader on duplicate slides for each time point 
(baseline and 12 weeks). The absolute number and percentage of each cell type present 
will be determined and the change from baseline in the percentage of each cell type 
(eosinophils, macrophages, lymphocytes, neutrophils, epithelial cells, mast cells) will 
be calculated. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 54 
9.3.3 Pharmacogenetic assessment 
9.3.3.1 Optional stored DNA sample 
For those patients who signed the optional pharmacogenetic informed consent form, blood 
samples for exploratory genetic analysis of DNA will be collected at the study visit as specified in 
the study flow chart and this sample will be stored for future analysis. Specific procedures for 
collection, storage and shipping of pharmacogenetic samples will be provided in a lab manual.  
The DNA sample may be used to determine a possible relationship between genes and response to 
treatment with dupilumab, possible adverse reactions to dupilumab, and to study the genetics of 
asthma. The DNA may be subjected to a genome-wide association study by single nucleotide 
polymorphism array analysis and/or to whole exome sequencing or whole genome analysis in 
order to thoroughly explore genetic associations with disease risk and/or progression or treatment 
response (efficacy or adverse reactions).  
The blood sample will be transferred to a site that will, on behalf of Sanofi, extract DNA from the 
sample. The contractor site can be located outside of your country, within or outside of the 
European Union.  
The DNA that is extracted for genetic testing will be assigned a second number, a Genetic ID 
(de-identification code) that is different from the Patient ID. This “double coding” is performed to 
separate a patient’s medical information and DNA data. 
The clinical study data (coded by Patient ID) will be stored in the clinical data management 
system (CDMS), which is a distinct database in a separate environment from the database 
containing the pharmacogenetic data (coded by Genetic ID). The key linking Patient ID and 
Genetic ID will be maintained by a third party, under appropriate access control.  The matching of 
clinical data and pharmacogenetic data, for the purpose of data analysis, will be possible only by 
using this key, which will be under strict access control. All data will be reported only in coded 
form in order to maintain confidentiality. 
The aliquots of DNA sent to the bioanalytical laboratories for specific genetic testing will be 
destroyed after completion of that specific analysis and issuance of the related analytical data. 
For future genetic analysis, the DNA will be stored for up to 15 years from the completion of the 
clinical study report in the US. 
9.4 
FUTURE USE OF SAMPLES 
Not all of the samples collected during this study may be required for the tests planned in this 
clinical trial. For patients who have consented to it, the samples that are archived, unused or left 
over after planned testing may be used for additional research purposes (any genetic analysis 
subject to additional consent per Section 9.3.3). For patients who have consented to it, archival 
blood samples will be collected at the visit specified in the study flow chart and processed and 
stored as described in the laboratory manual. For patients who have consented to it, samples 
collected during the bronchoscopy procedure (BAL, brushings, biopsy) will also be archived. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 55 
These archived serum samples, and any residual or leftover serum, plasma, blood or 
bronchoscopy samples (BAL, brushings, biopsy) remaining from planned laboratory work, may 
be used for research purposes related to asthma (eg, exploratory biomarkers of disease or drug 
effect), dupilumab mechanism of action, additional drug safety assessments or development and 
validation of bioassay methods beyond those defined in the present protocol. These samples will 
remain labelled with the same identifiers as the ones used during the study (ie, patient ID, sample 
ID). Samples will be stored for up to 15 years from the completion of the clinical study report. 
They will be transferred to a Sanofi site (or a subcontractor site) which can be located outside of 
the country where the study is conducted. The Sponsor has included safeguards for protecting 
patient confidentiality and personal data (see Section 14.3 and Section 14.5). 
9.5 
APPROPRIATENESS OF MEASUREMENTS  
Bronchoscopy and the associated procedures of endobronchial biopsies, BAL and bronchial 
brushings have been employed in numerous clinical studies in asthma to characterize the 
underlying airway inflammation and demonstrate treatment effects.  
Richmond et al. studied the intrasubject variability with respect to inflammatory cell counts in 
endobronchial biopsies from patients with mild to moderate stable asthma and concluded that in 
order to obtain 80% power to detect a significant difference for lymphocytes (CD3+, CD4+ or 
CD8+) or eosinophils (EG2+), 15 subjects was an optimal minimal sample size (19).  In a clinical 
trial with omalizumab in allergic asthma, a treatment effect on the numbers of inflammatory cells, 
including eosinophils, total T-lymphocytes and T-helper cells, in the submucosa of bronchial 
biopsies was observed with a sample size of 14 per group (13).  Ward et al. studied the 
intrasubject variability of cellular parameters, including eosinophils, in BAL in clinically stable, 
symptomatic patients with mild to moderate asthma and concluded that sample sizes between 
15 and 20 were adequate to detect meaningful differences in these parameters (20).  More severe 
patients, however, may demonstrate greater variability. 
The effect of dupilumab on inflammatory cell counts within BAL or bronchial biopsies has not 
been previously determined.  Therefore, the effect of dupilumab on FeNO, a surrogate marker for 
airway inflammation, has been used to guide the length of treatment and sample size in this 
exploratory study with dupilumab.  In the prior studies, dupilumab treatment resulted in a marked 
reduction in FeNO as early as 4 weeks after the start of treatment (21). In addition, dupilumab 
treatment results in a rapid decrease in soluble attractants of inflammatory cells, such as the 
chemokine TARC, as early as 1 week after the start of treatment with a nadir by 4 weeks after 
treatment initiation (21).  In clinical studies of other monoclonal antibody treatments for asthma, 
treatment effects on inflammatory cells in bronchial biopsies can be seen at 10 weeks after 
treatment initiation with mepolizumab (22) and at 16 weeks of treatment with omalizumab (13). 
  
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 56 
10 
STUDY PROCEDURES 
10.1 
VISIT SCHEDULE 
The clinical trial consists of three parts, using an add-on therapy approach to inhaled 
corticosteroid in combination with LABA: 
• 
Screening (5 weeks and optional addition of 7 days and not to exceed 6 weeks of 
screening; Visits 1 & 2).  
• 
Randomized Treatment Period (12 weeks; Visits 3-9). 
• 
Post-treatment Period (12 weeks; Visits 10-13). 
The study visits occur on the planned dates (relative to the first injection), as scheduled. The visit 
schedule should be adhered to within the ± 3 day visit window, unless otherwise noted.  
All the study visits should be scheduled in the morning, to have the spirometry performed and the 
patient should be fasting for serum chemistry tests. However, if the visit can only be done at a 
different time of the day and the patient is not fasting, then he/she should be advised to have a 
light meal and the site should document that serum chemistry was not obtained under fasting 
conditions. For spirometry, it should be performed at approximately the same time of the day at 
each visit throughout the study. 
Patients should be reminded that sexually active female patients of reproductive potential are 
required to practice effective contraception during the entire study duration, while taking 
dupilumab and for 12 weeks post last IMP dose. 
Prior to all screening assessments, after discussion of participation in the study, the written 
consent form (including voluntary participation in pharmacogenetic testing/future use of samples) 
must be signed and dated. 
Although the screening assessments for this study are grouped under the headings of Visits 1and 2 
in this protocol, it is possible for them to be performed over more than 2 site visits if necessary, as 
long as the screening visit window prior to randomization (Day 1) is respected and all results 
related to inclusion/exclusion criteria are available prior to the baseline bronchoscopy procedure. 
If needed, in order to (re)confirm eligibility by repeating assessments and to optimize scheduling 
of the baseline bronchoscopy, an additional up to 7 days may be added to the screening period on 
the condition that: overall screening period will not exceed 6 weeks and Visit 2 (and 
bronchoscopy) will occur at least 3 days prior to visit 3 (day 1). Patients who failed the initial 
screening for certain inclusion/exclusion criteria (time-dependent and those that may be transient), 
may be rescreened for study eligibility one additional time if deemed appropriate at the discretion 
of the investigator and as long as the screening failure occurred prior to baseline bronchoscopy. 
Patients who are re-screened, must sign a new consent form and must repeat all of the Visit 1 
procedures (refer to Section 8.4 for further instructions related to rescreening) unless a prior 
assessment is performed within the time frame permitted prior to study entry. For patients who 
participate in screening visits but are subsequently not randomized into the clinical trial, further 
assay of stored specimens will be discontinued unless re-designated for the alternative purposes of 
biomarker assay development or establishment of biomarker and RNA values for patients with 
asthma. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 57 
10.1.1 Visit 1 (Week -4± 1, -35 to -21 days) 
Following a discussion of participation in the clinical trial, informed consent must be obtained and 
documented. These steps precede any study procedures. 
The following procedures will then be performed: 
• 
Call IVRS/IWRS to assign patient number and register screening visit. 
• 
Interview to collect patient demographic information, asthma history (including smoking 
habits), other medical history and surgical history, and prior and concomitant medications. 
• 
Inquire about AEs/SAEs and background asthma therapy tolerability. 
• 
Review entry criteria to assess eligibility, with special attention to verify the following: 
- 
Prescribed treatment dosage meets the per-protocol definition of  medium to high dose 
ICS (≥250 mcg of fluticasone propionate twice daily or equipotent ICS daily dosage to 
a maximum of 2000 mcg/day of fluticasone propionate or equivalent)  
(See Appendix B) in combination LABA for at least 3 months with a stable dose 
≥1 month prior to Visit 1,  
- 
Documentation of reversibility within 5 years of Visit 1 of at least 12% and 200 mL in 
FEV1 after the administration of 200 to 400 mcg albuterol/salbutamol (2 to 4 
inhalations of albuterol/salbutamol or of a nebulized solution of albuterol/salbutamol. 
OR documentation of airway hyperresponsiveness (methacholine PC20<8 mg/mL [or 
PC20<16 mg/mL on ICS]) within 5 years of Visit 1, 
- 
If no documented reversibility or airway hyperresponsiveness, then reversibility must 
be assessed during screening. 
• 
Obtain urine for urinalysis.  
• 
Perform 12-lead electrocardiography (ECG).  
• 
Measure vital signs [blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature], 
weight (kg), and height (cm). 
• 
Perform blood sampling (fasting) for the following tests: 
- 
PD Biomarkers (refer to Section 9.3.2). During the screening period, blood collected 
for biomarker analysis will be stored. The planned analysis will only be conducted for 
patients who are randomized into the clinical trial. Blood collected from patients who 
are not subsequently randomized into the clinical trial may be used for biomarker 
assay development or establishment of biomarker values for patients with asthma, or 
stored for future use, 
- 
Clinical laboratory testing: hematology, serum chemistry, coagulation, and  
anti-nuclear antibody (ANA) (see Section 9.2.2.2 for details), 
- 
Virus serology (see Section 9.2.2.2 for detail), 
- 
For women of childbearing potential, serum β-HCG pregnancy test.  
• 
Perform any additional laboratory testing required to confirm suitability for the 
bronchoscopy procedure, as per site’s standard operating procedures / local requirements. 
• 
Perform physical examination. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 58 
• 
Administer ACQ-5.  
• 
Measure exhaled nitric oxide. 
- 
Exhaled nitric oxide assessment is conducted prior to spirometry and following a fast 
of ≥1 hour, 
- 
Verify FeNO≥26ppb, 
- 
Three attempts may be made during the Screening Period to meet the qualifying 
criteria for FeNO.  
• 
Perform spirometry 
- 
Entry criteria at Visit 1 include the requirement of a specific FEV1 and demonstration 
of reversibility, if not previously documented, as specified in Section 7.1. See below 
for additional directions, 
- 
Spirometry will be performed in the morning, after withholding the last dose of 
salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and 
withholding the last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld 
for at least 24 hours) and withholding the last dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours, 
- 
Pre-bronchodilator Forced expiratory volume (FEV1) must be 55 to 85% predicted 
normal, 
- 
If a patient’s FEV1 does not qualify, then the patient may return to the site on a 
subsequent day to attempt to meet the spirometry criteria (3 pre-randomization 
attempts maximum). Patients must meet this criterion prior to the bronchoscopy 
procedure on Visit 2, 
- 
Treatment Period stability limits will be established for FEV1 and PEF (The Treatment 
Period stability limit for PEF is defined as the respective mean AM or PM PEF 
obtained over the last 7 days prior to Visit 2). 
• 
If reversibility or airway hyperresponsiveness is not documented from historical data 
within 5 years of screening (See Inclusion Criteria I 01), establish reversibility 
- 
Reversibility must be at least 12% and 200 mL in FEV1 after 200 mcg to 400 mcg (2 to 
4 inhalations of albuterol/salbutamol or of a nebulized solution of 
albuterol/salbutamol, if considered as a standard office practice, 
- 
If a patient’s reversibility does not qualify, then the patient may return to the site on a 
subsequent day to attempt to meet the reversibility criteria (3 pre-randomization 
attempts maximum). Patients must meet this criterion prior to the bronchoscopy 
procedure on Visit 2. 
• 
As per local standard of care, perform chest X-ray if no chest imaging (X-ray, CT, MRI) 
available within the previous year and if there is local requirement. 
• 
Dispense electronic diary/PEF meter, provide instructions for daily use, and remind patient 
to bring the device to the next visit. 
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 59 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to withhold last dose of salbutamol/albuterol or 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and withhold last dose of LABA for at 
least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld for at least 24 hours) and withhold the last 
dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours prior to next visit. 
• 
Schedule the bronchoscopy procedure (Visit 2, Week -2 to -0.5) when screening results 
will be available and request patient to come in fasting. 
10.1.2 Visit 2 (Week -2 to -0.5, -14 to -3 days) 
• 
Record all medication use with start date and dose in eCRF; inquire about AEs/SAEs and 
background asthma therapy tolerability. 
• 
Compliance with use of the mandatory background therapy, ICS in combination with 
LABA, as defined as: 
- 
≥80% of total number of prescribed doses of background medication taken during the 
screening period. Compliance is verified based on background medication use 
recorded on the patient electronic diary during the screening period. 
• 
Obtain urine for urinalysis.  
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature). 
• 
Measure oxygen saturation. If oxygen saturation<92% on room air, the bronchoscopy 
should be postponed. 
• 
Perform blood sampling (fasting, prior to prednisone administration) for the following 
tests: 
- 
PD Biomarkers (refer to Section 9.3.2)  
During the screening period, blood collected for biomarker analysis will be stored. The 
planned analysis will only be conducted for patients who are randomized into the 
clinical trial. Blood collected from patients who are not subsequently randomized into 
the clinical trial may be used for biomarker assay development or establishment of 
biomarker values for patients with asthma or stored for future use. 
- 
Archival serum for those patients who have signed a specific Future Use of Specimens 
informed consent (refer to Section 9.4), 
- 
Whole blood RNA  
During the screening period, blood collected for whole blood RNA analysis will be 
stored. The planned analysis will only be conducted for patients who are randomized 
into the clinical trial. Blood collected from patients who are not subsequently 
randomized into the clinical trial may be used for assay development or establishment 
of RNA values for patients with asthma or stored for future use. 
- 
Clinical lab testing: hematology/chemistry (refer to Section 9.2.2.2). 
• 
Administer ACQ-5. 
• 
Measure exhaled nitric oxide. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 60 
- 
Exhaled nitric oxide assessment is conducted prior to spirometry and following a fast 
of ≥1 hour. 
• 
Perform spirometry. 
- 
Spirometry will be performed in the morning after withholding the last dose of 
salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and 
withholding the last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld 
for at least 24 hours) and withholding the last dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours and 
prior to administration of investigational product, 
- 
Treatment Period stability limits will be established for FEV1 and PEF (The Treatment 
Period stability limit for PEF is defined as the respective mean AM or PM PEF 
obtained over the last 7 days prior to Visit 2),  
- 
Investigator must review the spirometry results and confirm the patient is able to 
undergo the bronchoscopy procedure. If pre-bronchodilator FEV1<55% of predicted 
normal then bronchoscopy should be postponed. 
• 
Review entry criteria and reconfirm eligibility based on review of Inclusion/Exclusion 
Criteria. 
If the patient meets all inclusion and does not meet any exclusion criteria: 
• 
Perform bronchoscopy as per separate procedure manual. 
• 
Administer prednisone/prednisolone 40 mg po and dispense prednisone/prednisolone for 
continued treatment.   
• 
Download electronic diary/PEF meter and remind patient to bring the device to the next 
visit. 
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Schedule a site visit within a minimum of 3 days and a maximum of 2 weeks (Visit 3, 
Week 0). 
10.1.3 Visit 3 (Week 0, Day 1) 
• 
Record all medication use with start date and dose in eCRF; inquire about AEs/SAEs and 
background asthma therapy tolerability. 
• 
For women of childbearing potential, obtain urine and perform urine dipstick pregnancy 
test.  
• 
Perform 12-lead electrocardiography (ECG). 
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature) and 
weight. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 61 
• 
Compliance with use of the mandatory background therapy, ICS in combination with 
LABA, as defined as: 
- 
≥80% of total number of prescribed doses of background medication taken during the 
screening period. Compliance is verified based on background medication use 
recorded on the patient electronic diary during the screening period. 
• 
Review suitability for dosing. For women of childbearing potential, confirm negative urine 
pregnancy test.  
• 
Call IVRS/IWRS to register visit, randomize the patient if entry criteria are met, and 
receive the first assignment for 2 treatment kit numbers.  
- 
Note: Please screen-fail the patient if entry criteria are not met. 
• 
Perform blood sampling (prior to administration of IMP) for the following tests: 
- 
For those patients who have signed a specific pharmacogenetic informed consent form, 
collect blood sample for DNA, please refer to Section 9.3.3. 
- 
Systemic drug concentration and ADA (refer to Section 9.2.3) 
• 
Dispense and administer IMP (See Section 8.1.4). 
- 
Patients should be monitored for at least 30 minutes after each study-site administered 
investigational product administration for any signs or symptoms of a hypersensitivity 
reaction.   
• 
Download electronic diary/PEF meter and remind patient to bring the device to the next 
visit. 
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to withhold last dose of salbutamol/albuterol or 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and withhold last dose of LABA for at 
least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld for at least 24 hours) and withhold the last 
dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours prior to next visit. 
• 
Schedule a site visit 2 weeks later (Week 2 ± 3 days).  
10.1.4 Visit 4 (Week 2) 
• 
Record all concomitant medication use; inquire about AEs/SAEs and background asthma 
therapy tolerability. 
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature). 
• 
Perform blood sampling (prior to administration of IMP) for the following tests: 
- 
Systemic drug concentration (refer to Section 9.2.3). 
• 
Perform spirometry. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 62 
- 
Spirometry will be performed in the morning after withholding the last dose of 
salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and 
withholding the last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld 
for at least 24 hours) and withholding the last dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours and 
prior to administration of investigational product.  
• 
Download electronic diary/PEF meter and remind patient to bring the device to the next 
visit. 
• 
Call IVRS/IWRS to register visit and obtain next treatment kit number.  
• 
Dispense and administer IMP.  
- 
Patients will be monitored at the study site for a minimum of 30 minutes after the 
injection.  
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to withhold last dose of salbutamol/albuterol or 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and withhold last dose of LABA for at 
least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld for at least 24 hours) and withhold the last 
dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours prior to next visit. 
• 
Schedule a site visit 2 weeks later (Week 4 ± 3 days) and ask patient to come in fasting. 
10.1.5 Visit 5 (Week 4) 
• 
Record all concomitant medication use; inquire about AEs/SAEs and background asthma 
therapy tolerability. 
• 
Perform urine dipstick pregnancy test (for women of childbearing potential).  
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature). 
• 
Perform blood sampling (fasting, prior to administration of IMP) for the following tests: 
- 
Clinical lab testing: hematology/chemistry (refer to Section 9.2.2.2). 
• 
Administer ACQ-5. 
• 
Perform spirometry. 
- 
Spirometry will be performed in the morning after withholding the last dose of 
salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and 
withholding the last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld 
for at least 24 hours) and withholding the last dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours and 
prior to administration of investigational product.  
• 
Download electronic diary/PEF meter and remind patient to bring the device to the next 
visit. 
• 
Call IVRS/IWRS to register visit and obtain next treatment kit number  
• 
Dispense and administer IMP.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 63 
- 
Patients will be monitored at the study site for a minimum of 30 minutes after the 
injection. 
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to withhold last dose of salbutamol/albuterol or 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and withhold last dose of LABA for at 
least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld for at least 24 hours) and withhold the last 
dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours prior to next visit. 
• 
Schedule a site visit 2 weeks later (Week 6 ± 3 days). 
10.1.6 Visit 6 (Week 6) 
• 
Record all concomitant medication use; inquire about AEs/SAEs and background asthma 
therapy tolerability. 
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature). 
• 
Perform blood sampling (prior to administration of IMP) for the following tests: 
- 
PD Biomarkers (refer to Section 9.3.2), 
- 
Systemic drug concentration (refer to Section 9.2.3). 
• 
Measure exhaled nitric oxide: 
- 
Exhaled nitric oxide assessment is conducted prior to spirometry and following a fast 
of ≥1 hour. 
• 
Perform spirometry: 
- 
Spirometry will be performed in the morning after withholding the last dose of 
salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and 
withholding the last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld 
for at least 24 hours) and withholding the last dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours and 
prior to administration of investigational product.  
• 
Download electronic diary/PEF meter and remind patient to bring the device to the next 
visit. 
• 
Call IVRS/IWRS to register visit and obtain next treatment kit number. 
• 
Dispense and administer IMP.  
- 
Patients will be monitored at the study site for a minimum of 30 minutes after the 
injection. 
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 64 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to withhold last dose of salbutamol/albuterol or 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and withhold last dose of LABA for at 
least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld for at least 24 hours) and withhold the last 
dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours prior to next visit. 
• 
Schedule a site visit 2 weeks later and ask patient to come in fasting. 
10.1.7 Visit 7 (Week 8) 
• 
Record all concomitant medication use; inquire about AEs/SAEs and background asthma 
therapy tolerability. 
• 
Perform urine dipstick pregnancy test (for women of childbearing potential). 
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature). 
• 
Administer ACQ-5. 
• 
Perform blood sampling (fasting, prior to administration of IMP) for the following tests: 
- 
Systemic drug concentration and ADA (refer to Section 9.2.3), 
- 
Clinical lab testing: hematology/chemistry (refer to Section 9.2.2.2). 
• 
Measure exhaled nitric oxide. 
- 
Exhaled nitric oxide assessment is conducted prior to spirometry and following a fast 
of ≥1 hour. 
• 
Perform spirometry. 
- 
Spirometry will be performed in the morning after withholding the last dose of 
salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and 
withholding the last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld 
for at least 24 hours) and withholding the last dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours and 
prior to administration of investigational product.  
• 
Download electronic diary/PEF meter and remind patient to bring the device to the next 
visit. 
• 
Call IVRS/IWRS to register visit and obtain next treatment kit number.  
• 
Dispense and administer IMP.  
- 
Patients will be monitored at the study site for a minimum of 30 minutes after the 
injection. 
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 65 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Schedule a site visit 2 weeks later (Week 10 ± 3 days). 
10.1.8 Visit 8 (Week 10) 
• 
Record all concomitant medication use; inquire about AEs/SAEs and background asthma 
therapy tolerability. 
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature) 
• 
If patient plans to participate in the open label extension study, obtain blood samples for 
virus serology and anti-nuclear antibody (ANA) (see Section 9.2.2.2 for detail). 
• 
Measure exhaled nitric oxide. 
- 
Exhaled nitric oxide assessment is conducted prior to spirometry and following a fast 
of ≥1 hour. 
• 
Download electronic diary/PEF meter and remind patient to bring the device to the next 
visit. 
• 
Call IVRS/IWRS to register visit and obtain next treatment kit number.  
• 
Dispense and administer IMP.  
- 
Patients will be monitored at the study site for a minimum of 30 minutes after the 
injection. 
• 
If the patient plans to participate in the open label extension study, perform chest X-ray or 
MRI if a chest X-ray was not performed at screening and there is no chest X-ray, MRI or 
high resolution computed tomography (HRCT) scan available within the 12 months prior 
to screening.  
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to withhold last dose of salbutamol/albuterol or 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and withhold last dose of LABA for at 
least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld for at least 24 hours) and withhold the last 
dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours prior to next visit. 
• 
Schedule a site visit 2 weeks later and ask patient to come in fasting. 
10.1.9 Visits 8.1 and 8.2 (Week 12 and 14 / Optional Treatment Visits) 
• 
These visits are optional visits and would occur only if the bronchoscopy at EOT needs to 
be postponed as described in Section 10.1.10. 
• 
Record all concomitant medication use; inquire about AEs/SAEs and background asthma 
therapy tolerability. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 66 
• 
Perform urine dipstick pregnancy test (for women of childbearing potential) at Visit 8.1. 
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature). 
• 
Download electronic diary/PEF meter and remind patient to bring the device to the next 
visit. 
• 
Call IVRS/IWRS to register visit and obtain next treatment kit number.  
• 
Dispense and administer IMP.  
- 
Patients will be monitored at the study site for a minimum of 30 minutes after the 
injection. 
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Schedule a site visit 2 weeks later for bronchoscopy (Visit 9/EOT) or additional IMP 
administration (Visit 8.2).  
- 
If next visit will be the End-of-Treatment Visit, remind patient to withhold last dose of 
salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and withhold 
last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld for at least 
24 hours) and withhold the last dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours prior to next visit. 
Ask patient to come in fasting. 
10.1.10 
Visit 9 (Week 12 [14 or 16] / End-of-Treatment) 
• 
Record all medication use with start date and dose in eCRF; inquire about AEs/SAEs and 
background asthma therapy tolerability.  
• 
Confirm suitability for bronchoscopy procedure.   
- 
Measure oxygen saturation. If oxygen saturation<92% on room air, the bronchoscopy 
should be postponed, 
- 
If patient is not suitable to undergo bronchoscopy for either clinical (at the discretion 
of the PI) or administrative (in consultation of study management) reasons, but would 
be suitable within the next 4 weeks (by Week 16), then continue in study using 
optional visits (see Section 10.1.9) to allow continuation of every 2 week dosing and 
reschedule the End-of-Treatment visit. If necessary, the bronchoscopy may be 
postponed up to 4 weeks. If the bronchoscopy is postponed, the patient should receive 
an additional dose of IMP at this visit and complete assessments for Visit 8.1 and be 
rescheduled for the bronchoscopy. All the EOT assessments should also be postponed 
and performed at the time of the bronchoscopy. The bronchoscopy should be 
scheduled 7 – 15 days after the last IMP dose and must occur 12 – 16 weeks after  
Day 1.  Patients may receive up to 2 additional doses to facilitate this rescheduling,  
- 
If patient is suitable to undergo bronchoscopy then perform the following EOT 
assessments. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 67 
• 
Obtain urine for urinalysis.  
• 
Perform urine dipstick pregnancy test (for women of childbearing potential).  
• 
Perform 12-lead electrocardiography (ECG).  
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature) and 
weight. 
• 
Perform physical examination. 
• 
Administer ACQ-5. 
• 
Perform blood sampling (fasting) for the following tests: 
- 
PD Biomarkers (refer to Section 9.3.2), 
- 
Archival serum for those patients who have signed a specific Future Use of Specimens 
informed consent (refer to Section 9.4), 
- 
Systemic drug concentration and ADA (refer to Section 9.2.3), 
- 
Clinical lab testing: hematology/chemistry (refer to Section 9.2.2.2). 
• 
Measure exhaled nitric oxide 
- 
Exhaled nitric oxide assessment is conducted prior to spirometry and following a fast 
of ≥1 hour. 
• 
Perform spirometry 
- 
Spirometry will be performed in the morning after withholding the last dose of 
salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and 
withholding the last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld 
for at least 24 hours) and withholding the last dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours and 
prior to administration of investigational product,  
- 
Investigator must review the spirometry results and confirm the patient is able to 
undergo the bronchoscopy procedure. If pre-bronchodilator FEV1<55% of predicted 
normal then bronchoscopy should be postponed, 
• 
Perform bronchoscopy as per separate procedure manual.  
• 
Administer prednisone/prednisolone 40 mg po and dispense prednisone/prednisolone for 
continued treatment.   
• 
Call IVRS/IWRS to register visit.  
• 
Download electronic diary/PEF meter and remind patient to bring the device to the next 
visit. 
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to withhold last dose of salbutamol/albuterol or 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and withhold last dose of LABA for at 
least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld for at least 24 hours) and withhold the last 
dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours prior to next visit. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 68 
• 
If patient will participate in the OLE, complete assessments as described above (including 
bronchoscopy) and then enroll in OLE and proceed as per OLE protocol. 
• 
Schedule a site visit 2 weeks later (Week 14 ± 3 days) if patient will not enroll in the OLE.  
10.1.11 
Visit 10 (Week 14 [16 or 18]/ Post Treatment Period) 
• 
Record all medication use with start date and dose in eCRF; inquire about AEs/SAEs and 
background asthma therapy tolerability. 
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature). 
• 
Perform spirometry. 
- 
Spirometry will be performed in the morning after withholding the last dose of 
salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and 
withholding the last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld 
for at least 24 hours) and withholding the last dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours and 
prior to administration of investigational product.  
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Schedule a site visit 2 weeks later (Week 16 ± 3 days) and ask patient to come in fasting.  
10.1.12 
Visit 11 (Week 16 [18 or 20] / Post Treatment Period) 
• 
Record all medication use with start date and dose in eCRF; inquire about AEs/SAEs and 
background asthma therapy tolerability. 
• 
Perform urine dipstick pregnancy test (for women of childbearing potential). 
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature). 
• 
Administer ACQ-5. 
• 
Perform blood sampling (fasting) for the following tests: 
- 
Clinical lab testing: hematology/chemistry (refer to Section 9.2.2.2). 
• 
Download electronic diary/PEF meter and remind patient to bring the device to the next 
visit. 
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary.  
• 
Remind patient to withhold last dose of salbutamol/albuterol or 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and withhold last dose of LABA for at 
least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld for at least 24 hours) and withhold the last 
dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours prior to next visit. 
• 
Schedule a site visit 2 weeks later (Week 18 ± 3 days). 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 69 
10.1.13 
Visit 12 (Week 18 [20 or 22] / Post Treatment Period) 
• 
Record all medication use with start date and dose in eCRF; inquire about AEs/SAEs and 
background asthma therapy tolerability. 
• 
Perform blood sampling for the following tests: 
- 
Systemic drug concentration (refer to Section 9.2.3). 
• 
Perform spirometry 
- 
Spirometry will be performed in the morning after withholding the last dose of 
salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and 
withholding the last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld 
for at least 24 hours) and withholding the last dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours and 
prior to administration of investigational product.  
• 
Dispense and resupply salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for use as 
reliever medication throughout the study. Instruct patient to record usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to continue their stable dose of ICS in combination with LABA as used 
during the screening period and instruct patient to record daily usage in the electronic 
diary. 
• 
Remind patient to withhold last dose of salbutamol/albuterol or 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and withhold last dose of LABA for at 
least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld for at least 24 hours) and withhold the last 
dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours prior to next visit. 
• 
Schedule a site visit 6 weeks later (Week 24 ± 3 days) and ask patient to come in fasting. 
10.1.14 
Visit 13 (Week 24 [26 or 28] / End-of-Study Visit) 
• 
Record all medication use with start date and dose in eCRF; inquire about AEs/SAEs and 
background asthma therapy tolerability. 
• 
Obtain urine for urinalysis.  
• 
Perform urine dipstick pregnancy test (for women of childbearing potential).  
• 
Measure vital signs (blood pressure, heart rate, respiration rate, body temperature) and 
weight. 
• 
Perform physical examination. 
• 
Administer ACQ-5. 
• 
Perform blood sampling (fasting) for the following tests: 
- 
Systemic drug concentration and ADA (refer to Section 9.2.3), 
- 
Clinical lab testing: hematology/chemistry (refer to Section 9.2.2.2). 
• 
Measure exhaled nitric oxide. 
- 
Exhaled nitric oxide assessment is conducted prior to spirometry and following a fast 
of ≥1 hour. 
• 
Perform spirometry 
- 
Spirometry will be performed in the morning after withholding the last dose of 
salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for at least 6 hours and 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 70 
withholding the last dose of LABA for at least 12 hours (vilanterol should be withheld 
for at least 24 hours) and withholding the last dose of LAMA for at least 24 hours and 
prior to administration of investigational product.  
• 
Download electronic diary/PEF meter and take back the device.  
• 
Call IVRS/IWRS to register the EOS date.  
10.2 
DEFINITION OF SOURCE DATA 
All evaluations that are reported in the case report form must be supported by appropriately 
identified source documentation. 
Source data is all information in original records and certified copies of original records of clinical 
findings, observations, or other activities in a clinical trial necessary for the reconstruction and 
evaluation of the trial. Source data are contained in source documents. Source documents are 
original documents, data and records such as hospital records, clinic and office charts, laboratory 
notes, memoranda, pharmacy dispensing records, recorded data from automated instruments, etc. 
All the data collected in the e-CRF should be transcribed directly from source documents.  Data 
downloaded from the study-associated central laboratories, spirometry, nitric oxide measurement, 
and patient electronic diary / PEF meter will be considered source data. 
10.3 
HANDLING OF PATIENT TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT TREATMENT 
DISCONTINUATION AND OF PATIENT STUDY DISCONTINUATION  
The IMP should be continued whenever possible. In case the IMP is stopped, it should be 
determined whether the stop can be made temporarily; permanent IMP discontinuation should be 
a last resort. Any IMP discontinuation should be fully documented in the CRF. In any case, the 
patient should remain in the study as long as possible. 
10.3.1 Temporary treatment discontinuation with investigational medicinal product(s) 
Temporary treatment discontinuation may be considered by the Investigator because of suspected 
AEs. Reinitiation of treatment with the IMP will be done under close and appropriate clinical/and 
or laboratory monitoring once the Investigator will have considered according to his/her best 
medical judgment that the  AE is sufficiently resolved and unlikely to recur after resuming 
therapy with IMP.   
In addition, the following conditions(s) will be causes for temporary treatment discontinuation:  
• 
Infections or infestations that do not respond to medical treatment. 
• 
Any laboratory abnormality that meets temporary treatment discontinuation criteria as per 
Appendix D. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 71 
10.3.2 Permanent treatment discontinuation with investigational medicinal product(s) 
Permanent treatment discontinuation is any treatment discontinuation associated with the 
definitive decision from the Investigator or the patient not to re-expose the patient to the IMP at 
any time. 
10.3.3 List of criteria for permanent treatment discontinuation 
The patients must be withdrawn from treatment with the IMP if they decide to do so, at any time 
and irrespective of the reason, or this may be the Investigator’s decision. All efforts should be 
made to document the reasons for treatment discontinuation and this should be documented in the 
e-CRF.  
Patients must be withdrawn from the treatment (ie, from any further investigational product or 
study procedure) for the following reasons:  
• 
At their own request or at the request of their legally authorized representative (Legally 
authorized representative means an individual or judicial or other body authorized under 
applicable law to consent on behalf of a prospective patient to the patient’s participation in 
the procedure(s) involved in the research). 
• 
If, in the Investigator’s opinion, continuation in the study would be detrimental to the 
patient’s well-being. 
• 
At the specific request of the Sponsor. 
• 
In the event of a protocol deviation, at the discretion of the Investigator or the Sponsor. 
• 
Any code breaking requested by the Investigator will lead to permanent treatment 
discontinuation. 
• 
Pregnancy. 
• 
Anaphylactic reactions or systemic allergic reactions that are related to IMP and require 
treatment. 
• 
Diagnosis of a malignancy during the study, excluding carcinoma in situ of the cervix, or 
squamous or basal cell carcinoma of the skin. 
• 
Any opportunistic infection, such as TB or other infections whose nature or course may 
suggest an immunocompromised status (See Appendix F).  
• 
Serum ALT >3 ULN and Total Bilirubin >2ULN (See Appendix D). 
• 
Serum ALT >5 ULN if baseline ALT <2 ULN or ALT >8 ULN if baseline ALT >2 ULN 
(Appendix D). 
Any abnormal laboratory value or ECG parameter will be immediately rechecked for 
confirmation before making a decision of permanent discontinuation of the IMP for the concerned 
patient.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 72 
10.3.4 Handling of patients after permanent treatment discontinuation 
Patients will be followed-up according to the study procedures as specified in this protocol up to 
the scheduled date of study completion, or up to recovery or stabilization of any AE to be 
followed-up as specified in this protocol, whichever comes last. 
If possible, and after the permanent discontinuation of treatment, the patients should complete the 
EOT visit assessments and enter the Post Treatment Period for continued safety follow-up.  
Patients who permanently discontinue the study medication will be asked and encouraged to 
return to the clinic 2 weeks after the last dose of IMP to complete the EOT assessments, with the 
exception of the bronchoscopy, and then participate in the Post Treatment period according to the 
visit schedule.  For example, if a patient discontinues treatment at Visit 4, he/she would undergo 
assessments indicated for Visit 9 (EOT), except the bronchoscopy, 2 weeks after his/her last IMP 
dose and then the patient would continue in the study according to the visit schedule until the end 
of study visit (Visit 13).  In this way, all patients would undergo 12 weeks of safety follow-up 
after their last IMP dose.  
All cases of permanent treatment discontinuation should be recorded by the Investigator in the 
appropriate pages of the CRF when considered as confirmed. 
10.3.5 Procedure and consequence for patient withdrawal from study 
The patients may withdraw from the study before study completion if they decide to do so, at any 
time and irrespective of the reason. 
If possible, the patients are assessed using the procedure normally planned for the 
end-of-treatment visit with the exception of the bronchoscopy procedure. 
Withdrawal of consent for treatment should be distinguished from withdrawal of consent for 
follow-up visits and from withdrawal of consent for non-patient contact follow-up, eg, medical 
records check. Patients requesting withdrawal should be informed that withdrawal of consent for 
follow-up may jeopardize the public health value of the study. If possible, the patients should be 
assessed using the procedures defined above. 
Patients who withdraw should be explicitly asked about the contribution of possible AEs to their 
decision to withdraw consent, and any AE information elicited should be documented. Preferably 
the patient should withdraw consent in writing and, if the patient or the patient’s representative 
refuses or is physically unavailable, the site should document and sign the reason for the patient’s 
failure to withdraw consent in writing. 
All study withdrawals should be recorded by the Investigator in the appropriate screens of the  
e-CRF and in the patient’s medical records when considered as confirmed. In the medical record, 
at least the date of the withdrawal and the reason should be documented. 
For patients who fail to return to the site, the Investigator should make the best effort to recontact 
the patient (eg, contacting patient’s family or private physician, reviewing available registries or 
health care databases), and to determine his/her health status, including at least his/her vital status. 
Attempts to contact such patients must be documented in the patient’s records (eg, times and dates 
of attempted telephone contact, receipt for sending a registered letter).  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 73 
A patient should only be designated as lost to follow-up if the site is unable to establish contact 
with the patient after 3 documented attempts via 2 different methods (phone, text, e-mail, certified 
letter, etc). 
The statistical analysis plan will specify how these patients lost to follow-up for their primary 
endpoints will be considered. 
Patients who have withdrawn from the study cannot be rerandomized (treated) in the study. Their 
inclusion and treatment numbers must not be reused.  
10.3.6 Replacement of patients 
A patient who received treatment and prematurely ends his/her treatment prior to Week 12 may be 
replaced in order to have a sufficient number of patients with adequate bronchial biopsies to 
assess the main endpoints.  
10.4 
OBLIGATION OF THE INVESTIGATOR REGARDING SAFETY REPORTING 
10.4.1 Definitions of adverse events  
10.4.1.1 Adverse event 
An adverse event (AE) is any untoward medical occurrence in a patient or clinical investigation 
patient administered a pharmaceutical product and which does not necessarily have to have a 
causal relationship with this treatment. 
Since asthma exacerbations are representative of the underlying disease (persistent asthma) of the 
study population, these events should not be reported as AEs unless fulfilling the criteria for a 
serious adverse event as described in Section 10.4.1.2.  For this study, asthma exacerbations will 
be managed by the Investigators based on their medical judgment and applicable national / 
international asthma management guidelines. 
Any surgical procedures are not considered as adverse events, including the bronchoscopy 
procedure, but an adverse event caused by the procedure will be reported as AE. 
10.4.1.2 Serious adverse event 
A serious adverse event (SAE) is any untoward medical occurrence that at any dose: 
• 
Results in death, or 
• 
Is life-threatening, or 
 
Note: The term “life-threatening” in the definition of “serious” refers to an event in which 
 
the patient was at risk of death at the time of the event; it does not refer to an event which 
 
hypothetically might have caused death if it were more severe. 
• 
Requires inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization, or 
• 
Results in persistent or significant disability/incapacity, or 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 74 
• 
Is a congenital anomaly/birth defect 
• 
Is a medically important event 
 
Medical and scientific judgment should be exercised in deciding whether expedited 
 
reporting is appropriate in other situations, such as important medical events that may not 
 
be immediately life-threatening or result in death or hospitalization but may jeopardize the 
 
patient or may require medical or surgical intervention (ie, specific measures or corrective 
 
treatment) to prevent one of the other outcomes listed in the definition above. 
Note: The following list of medically important events is intended to serve as a guideline for 
determining which condition has to be considered as a medically important event. The list is 
not intended to be exhaustive: 
- 
Intensive treatment in an emergency room or at home for: 
- 
Allergic bronchospasm,  
- 
Anaphylaxis (refer to Appendix E for Definition of Anaphylaxis), 
- 
Blood dyscrasias (ie, agranulocytosis, aplastic anemia, bone marrow aplasia, 
myelodysplasia, pancytopenia, etc),  
- 
Convulsions (seizures, epilepsy, epileptic fit, absence, etc). 
- 
Development of drug dependence or drug abuse, 
- 
ALT >3 x ULN + total bilirubin >2 x ULN,  
- 
Suicide attempt or any event suggestive of suicidality, 
- 
Syncope, loss of consciousness (except if documented as a consequence of blood 
sampling), 
- 
Bullous cutaneous eruptions, 
- 
Cancers diagnosed during the study, 
- 
Chronic neurodegenerative diseases (newly diagnosed).  
10.4.1.3 Adverse event of special interest 
An adverse event of special interest (AESI) is an AE (serious or non-serious) of scientific and 
medical concern specific to the Sponsor’s product or program, for which ongoing monitoring and 
immediate notification by the Investigator to the Sponsor is required. Such events may require 
further investigation in order to characterize and understand them. Adverse events of special 
interest may be added or removed during a study by protocol amendment. 
For these AESIs, the Sponsor will be informed immediately (ie, within 24 hours), per SAE 
notification described Section 10.4.2, even if not fulfilling a seriousness criterion, using the 
corresponding pages in the CRF (to be sent) or screens in the e-CRF.  
• 
Anaphylactic reactions or - systemic allergic reactions that are related to IMP and require  
treatment (refer to Appendix E for Definition of Anaphylaxis). 
• 
Severe injection site reactions that last longer than 24 hours. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 75 
• 
Any infection meeting at least one of the following criteria: 
- 
Any serious infection (SAE), 
- 
Requires parenteral (intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous) antimicrobial therapy,  
- 
Requires oral antimicrobial therapy for longer than 2 weeks, 
- 
Is a parasitic infection,  
- 
Is an opportunistic infection (see Appendix F), 
- 
Note:  antimicrobial therapy refers to antibiotic, antiviral, and antifungal agents. 
• 
Significant ALT elevation 
- 
ALT >5 x the upper limit of normal (ULN) in patients with baseline ALT ≤2 x ULN; 
or 
- 
ALT >8 x ULN if baseline ALT >2 x ULN. 
• 
Pregnancy occurring in a female patient entered in the clinical trial or in a female partner 
of a male patient entered in the clinical trial. It will be qualified as an SAE only if it fulfills 
one of the seriousness criteria (see Section 10.4.1.2). 
- 
In the event of pregnancy in a female participant, IMP should be discontinued,  
- 
Follow-up of the pregnancy in a female participant or in a female partner of a male 
participant is mandatory until the outcome has been determined. 
• 
Symptomatic overdose (serious or non-serious) with IMP/NIMP 
- 
An overdose (accidental or intentional) with the IMP  is an event suspected by the 
Investigator or spontaneously notified by the patient (not based on systematic pills 
count) and defined  as at least twice the intended dose  during an interval of less than 
11 days.  The circumstances (ie, accidental or intentional) should be clearly specified 
in the verbatim and symptoms, if any, entered on separate adverse event forms, 
- 
An overdose (accidental or intentional) with any NIMP is an event suspected by the 
Investigator or spontaneously notified by the patient and defined as at least twice of the 
intended dose within the intended therapeutic interval. The circumstances 
(ie, accidental or intentional) should be clearly specified in the verbatim and 
symptoms, if any, entered on separate AE forms, 
- 
Of note, asymptomatic overdose has to be reported as a standard AE. 
10.4.2 Serious adverse events waived from expedited regulatory reporting to regulatory 
authorities 
Not applicable 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 76 
10.4.3 General guidelines for reporting adverse events 
• 
All AEs, regardless of seriousness or relationship to IMP/NIMP, spanning from the 
signature of the informed consent form until the end of the study as defined by the 
protocol for that patient, are to be recorded on the corresponding page(s) or screen(s) of 
the CRF. 
• 
Whenever possible, diagnosis or single syndrome should be reported instead of symptoms. 
The Investigator should specify the date of onset, intensity, action taken with respect to 
IMP, corrective treatment/therapy given, additional investigations performed, outcome, 
and his/her opinion as to whether there is a reasonable possibility that the AE was caused 
by the IMP or by the study procedure(s).  
• 
The Investigator should take appropriate measures to follow all AEs until clinical recovery 
is complete and laboratory results have returned to normal, or until progression has been 
stabilized, or until death, in order to ensure the safety of the patients. This may imply that 
observations will continue beyond the last planned visit per protocol, and that additional 
investigations may be requested by the monitoring team up to as noticed by the Sponsor.  
• 
When treatment is prematurely discontinued, the patient’s observations will continue until 
the end of the study as defined by the protocol for that patient. 
• 
Laboratory, vital signs or ECG abnormalities are to be recorded as AEs only if:  
- 
Symptomatic and/or,  
- 
Requiring either corrective treatment or consultation, and/or,  
- 
Leading to IMP discontinuation or modification of dosing, and/or,  
- 
Fulfilling a seriousness criterion, and/or,  
- 
Defined as an AESI. 
10.4.4 Instructions for reporting serious adverse events 
In the case of occurrence of an SAE, the Investigator must immediately: 
• 
ENTER (within 24 hours) the information related to the SAE in the appropriate screens of 
the e-CRF; the system will automatically send a notification to the monitoring team after 
approval of the Investigator within the e-CRF or after a standard delay. 
• 
SEND (preferably by fax or e-mail) a photocopy of all examinations carried out and the 
dates on which these examinations were performed, to the representative of the monitoring 
team whose name, fax number, and email address appear on the clinical trial protocol. 
Care should be taken to ensure that the patient's identity is protected and the patient's 
identifiers in the clinical trial are properly mentioned on any copy of a source document 
provided to the Sponsor. For laboratory results, include the laboratory normal ranges. 
• 
All further data updates should be recorded in the e-CRF as appropriate, and further 
documentation as well as additional information (for laboratory data, concomitant 
medications, patient status, etc) should be sent (by fax or e-mail) to the monitoring team 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 77 
within 24 hours of knowledge of the SAE. In addition, every effort should be made to 
further document any SAE that is fatal or life threatening within a week (7 days) of the 
initial notification. 
• 
A back-up plan (using a paper CRF process) is available and should be used when the 
e-CRF system does not work. 
Any SAE brought to the attention of the Investigator at any time after the end of the study for the 
patient and considered by him/her to be caused by the IMP with a reasonable possibility, should 
be reported to the monitoring team. 
10.4.5 Guidelines for reporting adverse events of special interest   
For AESIs, the Sponsor must be informed immediately (ie, within 24 hours), as per SAE 
notification guidelines described in Section 10.4.4, even if not fulfilling a seriousness criterion, 
using the corresponding pages of the CRF (to be sent) or screens in the e-CRF. Instructions for 
AE reporting are summarized in Table 4. 
Table 4 - Summary of adverse event reporting instructions 
Adverse event / laboratory abnormality 
Reporting timeline 
Serious adverse event 
 
Within 24 hours 
Pregnancy 
 
Within 24 hours 
Overdose 
Symptomatic 
Within 24 hours 
 
Asymptomatic 
Routine 
ALT elevation 
 
 
 
ALT >5 ULN if baseline ALT is ≤2 ULN 
Within 24 hours 
 
ALT  >8 ULN  if baseline ALT is >2 ULN 
Within 24 hours 
 
ALT  >3 ULN  plus total bilirubin >2 ULN 
Within 24 hours 
Anaphylactic reactions, acute systemic allergic reactions or acute allergic reactions that require 
immediate treatment 
Within 24 hours 
Severe injection site reactions that last longer than 24 hours 
Within 24 hours 
Severe infections including parasitic infections 
Within 24 hours 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 78 
10.4.6 Guidelines for management of specific laboratory abnormalities 
Decision trees for the management of certain laboratory abnormalities by Sanofi are provided in 
Appendix D.  
The following laboratory abnormalities should be monitored, documented, and managed 
according to the related flow chart in protocol appendices.  
• 
Neutropenia. 
• 
Thrombocytopenia. 
• 
Increase in ALT. 
• 
Acute renal insufficiency. 
• 
Suspicion of rhabdomyolysis. 
In addition, on-treatment eosinophil counts >3000 cells/µL (3.0 giga/L) are to be reported as AEs. 
NOTE: In some clinical trials these laboratory abnormalities can be considered as AESIs. For 
this study, only significant ALT increase will be considered as AESIs (see Section 10.4.1.3).  
10.5 
OBLIGATIONS OF THE SPONSOR 
During the course of the study, the Sponsor will report in an expedited manner: 
• 
All SAEs that are both unexpected and at least reasonably related to the IMP (SUSAR), to 
the regulatory authorities, IECs/IRBs as appropriate and to the Investigators.    
• 
All SAEs that are expected and at least reasonably related to the IMPs to the regulatory 
authorities, according to local regulations. 
In this study, some AEs are considered related to the underlying condition and thus will not be 
considered unexpected [eg, wheezing related to asthma]. 
Any other AE not listed as an expected event in the Investigator’s Brochure or in this protocol 
will be considered unexpected. 
For safety, the treatment code will be unblinded by the Sponsor for reporting to the Health 
Authority of any suspected unexpected adverse drug reaction (SUSAR) and reasonably associated 
with the use of the IMP according to either the judgment of the Investigator and/or the Sponsor. 
In case of a SUSAR, Sanofi Global Pharmacovigilance and Epidemiology will utilize XGRID to 
reveal medication assignment for regulatory reporting requirements for the particular case. 
The Sponsor will report all safety observations made during the conduct of the trial in the clinical 
study report. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 79 
10.6 
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 
10.6.1 Hypersensitivity  
Allergic reaction is a potential risk associated with the administration of most therapeutic 
monoclonal antibodies. 
Acute allergic reactions may be defined as allergic reaction-mediated signs and symptoms 
experienced by patients during or shortly after the pharmacologic or biologic agent given. These 
reactions may present in a variety of ways, including dizziness, headache, anxiety, dyspnea, 
hypotension, tachycardia, pruritus, rash, urticaria/angioedema, flushing, nausea, or vomiting. 
Anaphylaxis may represent the most severe form of infusion reaction, but these events may also 
occur via non-IgE mediated mechanisms (eg, anaphylactoid reactions), or may occur via other 
immune-mediated mechanisms (eg, cytokine-mediated). Allergic reactions may begin within a 
few hours and persist up to 24 hours post dosing. Refer to Appendix E “Definition of 
Anaphylaxis”, which describes the clinical criteria for the diagnosis of anaphylaxis. 
10.6.2 Patients should be monitored for at least 30 minutes after each study-site 
administered investigational product administration for any signs or symptoms of a 
hypersensitivity reaction in the first 12 weeks.  Any anaphylactic reactions, acute 
systemic allergic reactions or acute allergic reactions that require immediate 
treatment must be reported as an AESI (within 24 hours) (for further details, see 
AESI definition in Section 10.4.1.3) and study medication must be permanently 
discontinued. Trained personnel and medications should be available to treat 
anaphylaxis or any severe allergic reaction if it occurs.  Severe injection site 
reactions 
Based on the subcutaneous mode of administration of high doses of protein and on a higher 
incidence of local injection site reactions observed at the highest dose level (300 mg weekly), 
severe injection site reactions, are considered as a potential risk. Patients who experience an 
injection site reaction must be closely monitored for the possibility of a more intense injection site 
reaction with a future injection. Any severe injection reaction that lasts over 24 hours will be 
reported as an AESI with immediate notification.  
If there is any consideration being given to premedicating before the next dose (for preceding 
systemic or local allergic symptoms of any type/severity), please contact sponsor prior to dosing 
patients. 
10.6.3 Infections, including parasitic infections 
Some biologic therapies have been associated with an increased risk of infection, including 
opportunistic infection.  As a precautionary measure, the Investigator is required to carefully 
monitor for any signs or symptoms of infection such as, but not limited to, increased body 
temperature, malaise, weight loss, sweats, cough, dyspnea, pulmonary infiltrates, or serious febrile 
systemic illness. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 80 
Any opportunistic infection requiring parenteral or prolonged (>14 days) antibiotics or 
antituberculosis medication should be considered serious and be reported as AESI with immediate 
notification. The study medication should be discontinued in case of suspicion of serious infection 
and a complete diagnostic work-up should be performed (ie, cultures for fungi and/or 
mycobacteria other than tuberculosis, histopathological or cytological evaluation, antigen 
detection and serum antibody titers).  Patients should be referred to an infectious disease specialist 
if deemed necessary for diagnostic work up and appropriate treatment.  
Since dupilumab binds to IL-4Rα, preventing IL-4 and IL-13 activation of their respective 
receptors, it inhibits the T-helper 2 (Th2) cytokines production. Infections with a diversity of 
helminthic parasites elicit eosinophilia via stimulation of Th2-like lymphocyte responses. The Th2 
response is characterized by production of IL-4, IL-13 and IL-5, subsequently generating IgG1 
and IgE-secreting cells, and eliciting eosinophilia.  Eosinophilia is prominent in a number of 
helminthic parasitic diseases. The eosinophilic response to helminths is determined both by the 
host's immune response and by the parasite, including its distribution, migration, and development 
within the infected host. Therefore, patients treated with dupilumab may potentially have an 
increased risk of parasitic infection. 
In order to minimize this risk, any patient with an active parasitic infection should be excluded 
from the study. Similarly, patients with suspected parasitic infection, or those at high risk of 
parasitic infection are also excluded, unless clinical and (if necessary) laboratory assessments 
have ruled out active infection before randomization. During the study, appearance of signs or 
symptoms (such as abdominal pain, cough, diarrhea, fever, fatigue hepatosplenomegaly) that 
could be associated with a parasitic infection should be carefully evaluated, especially if there is a 
history of parasitic exposure through recent travel to/ or residence in endemic areas, especially 
when conditions are conducive to infection (eg, extended stay, rural or slum areas, lack of running 
water, consumption of uncooked, undercooked, or otherwise potentially contaminated food, close 
contact with carriers and vectors, etc.). Subsequent medical assessments (eg, stool exam, blood 
tests, etc.) must be performed in order to rule out parasitic infection/infestation.   Patients with 
confirmed parasitic infections during the study should be reported as AESI with immediate 
notification and will be permanently discontinued from the study.   
10.6.4 Elevated liver function tests 
No pre-clinical and clinical data has suggested any hepatic toxicity of dupilumab; however, as a 
general consideration of clinical development, the administration of immunosuppressant or 
immunomodulating agents may represent an additional risk factor for hepatotoxicity.  
In order to closely follow liver function tests (LFT), assessment of total protein, albumin, total 
bilirubin (in case of values above the normal range, differentiation in conjugated and non-
conjugated bilirubin), alanine aminotransferase, aspartate aminotransferase, and alkaline 
phosphatase are measured as part of the clinical laboratory testing. Clinical laboratory testing at 
Visit 1 adds hepatitis screen (HBsAg, HbsAb, HBcAb [total and IgM], HCV Ab). Patients who 
are -Total-HBcAb positive and HBsAg negative at Visit 1 must undergo HBV DNA testing prior 
to randomization to determine eligibility. In case of results showing HCV Ab positive, HCV RNA 
testing must be performed prior to randomization to determine eligibility. At Visit 8, the  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 81 
follow-up testing noted above (HBV DNA or HCV RNA) must be done as needed to determine 
eligibility for the OLE study. Refer to Table 1 for eligibility interpretation of hepatitis serology 
results. Active hepatitis or patients with positive or indeterminate HBsAg, positive IgM-HBcAb 
or positive hepatitis C antibody (confirmed with HCV RNA) at Visit 1 are excluded from the 
study (See E 36). In addition, patients who are total-HBcAb positive and HBV DNA positive are 
excluded from the study (See Table 1). 
Guidance for the investigation of elevated LFTs is provided in Appendix D. 
10.7 
ADVERSE EVENTS MONITORING 
All events will be managed and reported in compliance with all applicable regulations, and 
included in the final clinical study report. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 82 
11 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 
11.1 
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE 
 
The sample size determination and the statistical power are estimated based on the 
pharmacodynamic endpoint of fractional exhaled nitric oxide (FeNO) as no historical data is 
available on the main endpoints of bronchial submucosal inflammatory cells. The following 
assumptions are used for the estimations: 
• 
A difference of 25 ppb in the change from baseline in FeNO at Week 12 between 
SAR231893 and placebo, and a common standard deviation of 32 ppb (This corresponds 
to a hypothesized effect size of 0.78). 
• 
A t-test at 1-sided α=0.05. 
• 
Not accounting for early dropout, ie, the calculated sample size refers to the size of 
completers. Definition of completers will be detailed in the statistical analysis plan (SAP) 
prior to database lock. 
Based on the above assumptions, it is estimated that, with a total of 42 completers, or 
approximately 21 completers per group, the study will have a 80% power to detect a difference of 
25 ppb in the change from baseline in FeNO at Week 12 between SAR231893 and placebo. Based 
on observations in other clinical trials (see Section 9.5), it is expected that this sample size will be 
sufficient to evaluate the main PD endpoints in bronchial submucosa.   
 
Approximately 42 patients will be randomized to achieve 21 patients per group with adequate 
biopsy samples.   
 
The calculations were made using nQuery Advisor 7.0.  
11.2 
DISPOSITION OF PATIENTS 
Screened patients are defined as any patient who met the inclusion criteria and signed the 
informed consent.  
Randomized patients consist of all patients with a treatment kit number allocated and recorded in 
IVRS database, and regardless of whether the treatment kit was used or not. 
Patients treated without being randomized will not be considered as randomized and will not be 
included in any efficacy population.   
The safety experience of patients treated and not randomized will be reported separately, and 
these patients will not be in the safety population. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 83 
11.3 
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS 
11.3.1 PD and Biomarker analyses population 
For the main PD endpoints in bronchial submucosa, the PD population will consist of all 
randomized patients who underwent baseline and Week12/EOT bronchoscopies and have 
adequate biopsies for analysis at both baseline and end of treatment. The analysis will be  
“as-treated” or based on the treatment actually received. If a patient receives in error both placebo 
and dupilumab during the course of the study, the patient will be included in the dupilumab group.  
Analysis population for additional PD/biomarker endpoints will be similarly defined. The details 
will be specified in the SAP. 
11.3.2 Efficacy population 
For analyses of exploratory efficacy endpoints, the efficacy population will consist of all 
randomized patients who have both baseline and a post-baseline spirometry data. The analysis 
will be “as-treated” or based on the treatment actually received. If a patient receives in error both 
placebo and dupilumab during the course of the study, the patient will be included in the 
dupilumab group. Additional exploratory efficacy analyses will be also performed using the 
conventional mITT population in which patients will be included in the group as randomized.   
11.3.3 Safety population 
 
The safety population will consist of all patients randomized and exposed to study medication, 
regardless of the amount of treatment administered. The safety analyses will be conducted 
according to the treatment patients actually received. 
 
Treatment emergent period for safety population is defined as the time between the first 
administration of study medication to the end of the Post-treatment Period. 
In addition:  
• 
Nonrandomized but treated patients will not be part of the safety population, but their 
safety data will be presented separately.  
• 
Randomized patients for whom it is unclear whether they took the study medication will 
be included in the safety population as randomized. 
• 
For a patient receiving in error both placebo and dupilumab during the trial, the patient 
will be included in the dupilumab group (ie, as-treated analysis).  
11.3.4 Pharmacokinetics (PK) population 
 
The PK population will consist of all patients in the safety population with at least one 
non-missing and eligible serum concentration data. Patients will be analyzed according to the 
treatment actually received. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 84 
11.3.5 Anti-drug antibody population  
 
The ADA population will consist of all patients in the safety population with at least one qualified 
ADA result in the ADA assay following the first dose of the study medication. Patients will be 
analyzed according to the treatment actually received.  
11.4 
STATISTICAL METHODS 
11.4.1 Extent of study treatment exposure and compliance 
The extent of study treatment exposure and compliance will be assessed and summarized by 
actual treatment received within the safety population. 
11.4.1.1 Extent of investigational medicinal product exposure 
Duration of IMP exposure is defined as:  last dose date – first dose date + 14 days, regardless of 
unplanned intermittent discontinuations. 
11.4.1.2 Compliance 
A given administration will be considered noncompliant if the patient did not take the planned 
dose of treatment as required by the protocol.  No imputation will be made for patients with 
missing or incomplete data. 
 
Percentage of compliance for a patient will be defined as the number of administrations the 
patient was compliant divided by the total number of administrations the patient was planned to 
take during the treatment period (ie, from the first to the last administration). 
Treatment compliance, above-planned and under-planned dosing percentages will be summarized 
descriptively (N, Mean, SD, Median, Min, and Max). The percentage of patients with compliance 
is <80% will be summarized. In addition, number and percentage of patients with at least 1  
above-planned dosing administration will be given, as well as the number and percentage of 
patients with 0, (0, 20%], and >20% under-planned dosing administrations. 
11.4.2 Analyses of main endpoints 
11.4.2.1 Analysis of main endpoint(s)  
The main endpoints (see Section 9.1), change from baseline in the number of airway submucosal 
inflammatory cells per surface airway of basal lamina (cells/mm2) and mucin in the bronchial 
mucosa, will be analyzed using analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) models with fixed terms for 
treatment, stratification factors of region and ICS dose, and airway submucosal inflammatory cells 
per surface airway of basal lamina (cells/mm2) and mucin in the bronchial mucosa at baseline as 
covariates. An estimate and two-sided 90% confidence interval (CI) for the difference in treatment 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 85 
mean changes will be calculated from the model. No multiplicity adjustment will be made for the 
main analyses. 
Due to the small sample size of the trial, secondary analyses of the main endpoints will be 
performed using an ANCOVA model similar as above but excluding one or both stratification 
factors. 
Descriptive statistics will also be provided by treatment and timepoint on raw changes and percent 
changes from baseline. 
 
The main analyses will be based on PD population. 
11.4.2.2 Multiplicity considerations 
No multiplicity procedures will be used as the study is exploratory in nature.   
11.4.2.3 Analyses of exploratory efficacy endpoints  
(see Section 9.3.1) 
 
The change from baseline in FEV1 at Week 12 will be analyzed using a mixed-effect model with 
repeated measures (MMRM) approach based on efficacy population. The model will include 
change from baseline values up to week 12 as response variables, and factors (fixed effects) for 
treatment, pooled countries / regions, visit, treatment-by-visit interaction, FEV1 baseline value and 
baseline-by-visit interaction. An unstructured correlation matrix will be used to model the  
within-patient errors. Parameters will be estimated using restricted maximum likelihood method 
with the Newton-Raphson algorithm. Descriptive statistics including number of patients, mean, 
standard error and LS means will be provided. In addition, difference in LS means, the 
corresponding 90% CI and the p-value will be provided for comparisons of each dose against 
placebo. No imputation will be performed for the MMRM model.  
11.4.3 Analyses of additional and exploratory pharmacodynamics and biomarker 
endpoints  
(see Section 9.2.1 and Section 9.3.2) 
 
The values to be used as baselines will be those collected on Visit 2. If any of the scheduled 
assessments on Visit 2 are technically disqualified (eg, insufficient sample), then values 
determined at Screening Visit 1 can be used as baseline. 
 
For all parameters, raw data, absolute changes from baseline and percent changes from baseline 
will be summarized in descriptive statistics by treatment group and time point. 
 
Summary plots (mean +/- standard error of the mean) on raw data, absolute changes from baseline 
and percent changes from baseline will be provided by treatment group. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 86 
11.4.4 Analyses of safety data  
(See Section 9.2.2) 
The summary of safety results will be presented by treatment group. All safety analyses will be 
performed on the safety population using the following common rules: 
The baseline value is defined generally as the last available value before the first dose of IMP.   
Treatment emergent period for safety population is defined as the time from the first 
administration of study medication to the end of the Post-treatment Period. 
The following definitions will be applied to laboratory parameters, vital signs and ECG. 
• 
The potentially clinically significant abnormality (PCSA) values are defined as abnormal 
values considered medically important by the Sponsor according to predefined 
criteria/thresholds based on literature review and defined by the Sponsor for clinical 
laboratory tests, vital signs and ECG.  
• 
PCSA criteria will determine which patients had at least 1 PCSA during the on-treatment 
period, taking into account all evaluations performed during the on-treatment period, 
including unscheduled or repeated evaluations.  The number of all such patients will be the 
numerator for the on-treatment PCSA percentage.  
11.4.4.1 Adverse events 
Adverse event incidence tables will present by system organ class (SOC) (sorted by 
internationally agreed order), high-level group term (HLGT), high level term (HLT) and preferred 
term (PT) sorted in alphabetical order for each treatment group, the number (n) and percentage 
(%) of patients experiencing an AE.  Multiple occurrences of the same event in the same patient 
will be counted only once in the tables within a treatment phase. The denominator for 
computation of percentages is the safety population within each treatment group. 
Proportion of patients with at least one treatment emergent adverse event (TEAE), serious TEAE 
and TEAE leading to discontinuation of the study will be tabulated by treatment group. In 
addition TEAEs will be described according to maximum intensity and relation to the study drug. 
None treatment emergent serious AE, None treatment emergent AE leading to study 
discontinuation will be summarized separately. 
11.4.4.1.1 AESI 
The following summaries will be generated:  
• 
Incidence of each AESI will be tabulated by treatment group.  
• 
The time-to-first event analyzed using K-M methods and displayed as K-M plots 
(cumulative incidence (%) versus time based on K-M estimates) will be provided to depict 
the course of onset over time. When TEAE start date or worsening date is partially 
available, the maximum of the earliest possible TEAE start date and the treatment start 
date will be used. When TEAE start date or worsening date is completely missing, the 
treatment start date will be used.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 87 
• 
An overview summary of the number (%) of patients with 
- 
Any TEAE, 
- 
Any serious AE (regardless of treatment-emergent status), 
- 
Any treatment-emergent SAE, 
- 
Any AE leading to death, 
- 
Any AESI, 
- 
Any TEAE leading to permanent study drug discontinuation, 
- 
Any TEAE by maximum intensity, corrective treatment, and final outcome. 
AESI definitions and the method to identify AESIs will be specified in the SAP. 
11.4.4.1.2 Death 
 The following deaths summaries will be generated: 
• 
Number (%) of patients who died by study period (TEAE, on-study) and reasons for death 
summarized on the safety population by treatment received. 
• 
Death in nonrandomized patients or randomized and not treated patients.   
• 
TEAE leading to death (death as an outcome on the AE CRF page as reported by the 
Investigator) by primary SOC , HLGT, HLT and PT showing number (%) of patients 
sorted by internationally agreed order of SOC and alphabetic order of HLGT, HLT, and 
PT.  
Patient data listings will be provided for all AEs, TEAEs, SAE, AEs leading to study 
discontinuation, AESIs and deaths. 
11.4.4.1.3 Clinical Laboratory Evaluation, Vital Signs and electrocardiogram data  
Results and change from baseline for the parameters will be summarized by treatment group for 
baseline and each post baseline time point, endpoint, minimum and maximum value. Summary 
statistics will include number of patients, mean, standard deviation, median, Q1, Q3, minimum 
and maximum.  
The proportion of patients who had at least one incidence of PCSA at any time during the TEAE 
period will be summarized by treatment group. Shift tables showing changes with respect to the 
baseline status will be provided. 
Listings will be provided with flags indicating clinically out-of range values, as well as PCSA 
values.  
11.4.5 Analyses of systemic drug concentration and anti-drug antibodies  
(See Section 9.2.3) 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 88 
11.4.5.1 Drug concentration analysis 
Concentrations of functional dupilumab in serum will be summarized using arithmetic and 
geometric means, SD, standard error of the mean (SEM), coefficient of variation (CV%), 
minimum, median, and maximum by treatment per visit. 
Concentrations of functional dupilumab in serum will be used for population PK analysis by  
non-linear mixed effects modeling if warranted. Additional details of the analysis plan and the 
results will be provided in a separate document. 
11.4.5.2 Anti-drug antibodies analysis 
Incidence of positivity in the ADA assay will be assessed as absolute occurrence (n) and percent 
of patients (%), presented by study cohorts. Listing of all ADA titer levels will be provided for 
patients positive in the ADA assay. All samples that are positive in the ADA assay will be further 
tested for the presence of anti-dupilumab neutralizing antibodies.  
Plots of concentrations of functional dupilumab will be examined and the potential influence of 
ADA on individual concentration-time profiles will be evaluated. Assessment of the potential 
impact of ADA on safety and efficacy may be provided.   
ADA at baseline will be summarized by: 
• 
Number (%) of patients with a baseline sample negative in the ADA assay.  
• 
Number (%) of patients with a baseline sample positive in the ADA assay.  
• 
The summary statistics (including number, median, Q1, Q3, minimum and maximum) of 
the titer for patients positive in the ADA assay at baseline.  
ADA incidence and titer will be provided for the following: 
• 
Number (%) of patients negative in ADA assay at all times. 
• 
Number (%) of patients positive in ADA assay at any time. 
• 
Number (%) of patients with treatment-emergent positive response in the ADA assay. 
• 
The summary statistics (including number, median, Q1, Q3, minimum and maximum) of 
the peak post-baseline titer for treatment-emergent positive patients. 
• 
Number (%) of transient treatment-emergent positive patients. 
• 
Number (%) of persistent treatment-emergent positive patients. 
Titer values (Titer value category) 
The minimum titer for samples positive in the ADA assay is based on the minimum required 
dilution of the assay. 
 
     Low (Titer <1000) 
     Moderate (1,000 ≤ Titer ≤10,000) 
     High (Titer >10,000) 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 89 
Definitions: 
Pre-existing anti-drug antibodies are defined as:  
• 
An ADA positive response in the assay at baseline with all post treatment ADA results 
negative, OR 
• 
An ADA positive response at baseline with all post treatment ADA responses less than  
4-fold over baseline titer levels. 
Treatment-emergent anti-drug antibodies are defined as:  
• 
An ADA positive response in the assay post first dose, when baseline results are negative 
or missing. 
Treatment-boosted anti-drug antibodies are defined as:   
• 
An ADA positive response in the assay post first dose that is greater-than or equal to  
4-fold over baseline titer levels, when baseline results are positive. 
Treatment-emergent ADA responses are further classified as Transient, Persistent or 
Indeterminate: 
a) Persistent Response: defined as a treatment-emergent response with two or more 
consecutive ADA positive sampling time points, separated by more than 12-week 
period (with no ADA negative samples in between). 
b) Indeterminate Response: defined as a treatment-emergent response with only the last 
collected sample positive in the ADA assay.  
c) Transient Response: defined as a treatment-emergent response that is not considered 
persistent OR indeterminate. 
11.5 
INTERIM ANALYSIS 
A formal interim analysis is not planned. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 90 
12 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS 
12.1 
ETHICAL AND REGULATORY STANDARDS 
This clinical trial will be conducted by the Sponsor, the Investigator, delegated Investigator staff 
and Subinvestigator, in accordance with the principles laid down by the 18th World Medical 
Assembly (Helsinki, 1964) and all applicable amendments laid down by the World Medical 
Assemblies, and the ICH guidelines for good clinical practice (GCP), all applicable laws, rules 
and regulations. 
This clinical trial will be recorded in a free, publicly accessible, internet-based registry, no later 
than 21 days after the first patient enrollment, in compliance with applicable regulatory 
requirements and with Sanofi public disclosure commitments.  
12.2 
INFORMED CONSENT 
The Investigator (according to applicable regulatory requirements), or a person designated by the 
Investigator, and under the Investigator's responsibility, should fully inform the patient of all 
pertinent aspects of the clinical trial including the written information giving approval/favorable 
opinion by the Ethics Committee (IRB/IEC). All participants should be informed to the fullest 
extent possible about the study, in language and terms they are able to understand. 
Prior to a patient’s participation in the clinical trial, the written informed consent form should be 
signed, name filled in and personally dated by the patient or by the patient’s legally acceptable 
representative, and by the person who conducted the informed consent discussion. A copy of the 
signed and dated written informed consent form will be provided to the patient.  
Prior to collection of blood for pharmacogenetics, the optional pharmacogenetic informed consent 
form (written) should be signed, name filled in, and personally dated by the patient or by the 
patient’s legally acceptable representative, and by the person who conducted the informed consent 
discussion. A copy of the signed and dated written optional informed consent form will be 
provided to the patient. 
Prior to collection of blood for archiving of serum, the optional Future Use of Specimens 
informed consent form (written) should be signed, name filled in, and personally dated by the 
patient or by the patient’s legally acceptable representative, and by the person who conducted the 
informed consent discussion. A copy of the signed and dated written optional informed consent 
form will be provided to the patient. 
The informed consent form, the optional pharmacogenetic informed consent form and the optional 
Future Use of Specimens informed consent form to be used by the Investigator for obtaining the 
patient's informed consent must be reviewed and approved by the Sponsor prior to submission to 
the appropriate Ethics Committee (IRB/IEC) for approval/favorable opinion. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 91 
12.3 
HEALTH AUTHORITIES AND INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW BOARD/INDEPENDENT 
ETHICS COMMITTEE (IRB/IEC) 
As required by local regulation, the Investigator or the Sponsor must submit this clinical trial 
protocol to the Health Authorities (Competent Regulatory Authority) and the appropriate 
IRB/IEC, and is required to forward to the respective other party  a copy of the written and dated 
approval/favorable opinion signed by the Chairman with  IRB/IEC composition. 
The clinical trial (study number, clinical trial protocol title and version number), the documents 
reviewed (clinical trial protocol, informed consent form, Investigator’s Brochure, Investigator’s 
curriculum vitae [CV], etc) and the date of the review should be clearly stated on the written 
(IRB/IEC) approval/favorable opinion. 
IMP will not be released at the study site and the Investigator will not start the study before the 
written and dated approval/favorable opinion is received by the Investigator and the Sponsor. 
During the clinical trial, any amendment or modification to the clinical trial protocol should be 
submitted to the Health Authorities (Competent Regulatory Authority), as required by local 
regulation, in addition to the IRB/IEC before implementation, unless the change is necessary to 
eliminate an immediate hazard to the patients, in which case the Health Authorities (Competent 
Regulatory Authority) and IRB/IEC should be informed as soon as possible. It should also be 
informed of any event likely to affect the safety of patients or the continued conduct of the clinical 
trial, in particular any change in safety. All updates to the Investigator’s Brochure will be sent to 
the IRB/IEC. 
A progress report is sent to the IRB/IEC at least annually and a summary of the clinical trial’s 
outcome at the end of the clinical trial.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 92 
13 
STUDY MONITORING 
13.1 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE INVESTIGATOR(S) 
The Investigator is required to ensure compliance with all procedures required by the clinical trial 
protocol and with all study procedures provided by the Sponsor (including security rules). The 
Investigator agrees to provide reliable data and all information requested by the clinical trial 
protocol (with the help of the CRF, Discrepancy Resolution Form [DRF] or other appropriate 
instrument) in an accurate and legible manner according to the instructions provided and to ensure 
direct access to source documents by Sponsor representatives. 
If any circuit includes transfer of data particular attention should be paid to the confidentiality of 
the patient's data to be transferred. 
The Investigator may appoint such other individuals as he/she may deem appropriate as 
Subinvestigators to assist in the conduct of the clinical trial in accordance with the clinical trial 
protocol. All Subinvestigators shall be appointed and listed in a timely manner. The 
Subinvestigators will be supervised by and work under the responsibility of the Investigator. The 
Investigator will provide them with a copy of the clinical trial protocol and all necessary 
information. 
13.2 
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SPONSOR 
The Sponsor of this clinical trial is responsible to regulatory authorities for taking all reasonable 
steps to ensure the proper conduct of the clinical trial as regards ethics, clinical trial protocol 
compliance, and integrity and validity of the data recorded on the CRFs. Thus, the main duty of 
the monitoring team is to help the Investigator and the Sponsor maintain a high level of ethical, 
scientific, technical and regulatory quality in all aspects of the clinical trial. 
At regular intervals during the clinical trial, the site will be contacted, through monitoring visits, 
letters or telephone calls, by a representative of the monitoring team to review study progress, 
Investigator and patient compliance with clinical trial protocol requirements and any emergent 
problems. These monitoring visits will include but not be limited to review of the following 
aspects: patient informed consent, patient recruitment and follow-up, SAE documentation and 
reporting, AESI documentation and reporting, AE documentation, IMP allocation, patient 
compliance with the IMP regimen, IMP accountability, concomitant therapy use and quality of 
data. 
13.3 
SOURCE DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS 
According to the ICH GCP, the monitoring team must check the CRF entries against the source 
documents, except for the pre-identified source data directly recorded in the CRF. The informed 
consent form will include a statement by which the patient allows the Sponsor’s duly authorized 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 93 
personnel, the Ethics Committee (IRB/IEC), and the regulatory authorities to have direct access to 
original medical records  which support the data on the CRFs (eg, patient's medical file, 
appointment books, original laboratory records, etc). These personnel, bound by professional 
secrecy, must maintain the confidentiality of all personal identity or personal medical information 
(according to confidentiality and personal data protection rules). 
13.4 
USE AND COMPLETION OF CASE REPORT FORMS (CRFS) AND ADDITIONAL 
REQUEST 
It is the responsibility of the Investigator to maintain adequate and accurate CRFs (according to 
the technology used) designed by the Sponsor to record (according to Sponsor instructions) all 
observations and other data pertinent to the clinical investigation in a timely manner. All CRFs 
should be completed in their entirety in a neat, legible manner to ensure accurate interpretation of 
data. 
Should a correction be made, the corrected information will be entered in the e-CRF overwriting 
the initial information. An audit trail allows identifying the modification.  
Data are available within the system to the Sponsor as soon as they are entered in the e-CRF. 
The computerized handling of the data by the Sponsor may generate additional requests (DRF) to 
which the Investigator is obliged to respond by confirming or modifying the data questioned. The 
requests with their responses will be managed through the e-CRF.  
13.5 
USE OF COMPUTERIZED SYSTEMS 
The complete list of computerized systems used for the study is provided in a separate document 
which is maintained in the Sponsor and Investigator study files. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 94 
14 
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 
14.1 
CURRICULUM VITAE 
A current copy of the curriculum vitae describing the experience, qualification and training of 
each Investigator and Subinvestigator will be signed, dated and provided to the Sponsor prior to 
the beginning of the clinical trial. 
14.2 
RECORD RETENTION IN STUDY SITES 
The Investigator must maintain confidential all study documentation, and take measures to 
prevent accidental or premature destruction of these documents. 
The Investigator should retain the study documents at least 15 years after the completion or 
discontinuation of the clinical trial. 
However, applicable regulatory requirements should be taken into account in the event that a 
longer period is required. 
The Investigator must notify the Sponsor prior to destroying any study essential documents 
following the clinical trial completion or discontinuation. 
If the Investigator's personal situation is such that archiving can no longer be ensured by him/her, 
the Investigator shall inform the Sponsor and the relevant records shall be transferred to a 
mutually agreed upon designee.  
14.3 
CONFIDENTIALITY 
All information disclosed or provided by the Sponsor (or any company/institution acting on their 
behalf), or produced during the clinical trial, including, but not limited to, the clinical trial 
protocol, personal data in relation to the patients, the CRFs, the Investigator's Brochure and the 
results obtained during the course of the clinical trial, is confidential, prior to the publication of 
results. The Investigator and any person under his/her authority agree to undertake to keep 
confidential and not to disclose the information to any third party without the prior written 
approval of the Sponsor. 
However, the submission of this clinical trial protocol and other necessary documentation to the 
Ethics committee (IRB/IEC) is expressly permitted, the IRB/IEC members having the same 
obligation of confidentiality. 
The Subinvestigators shall be bound by the same obligation as the Investigator. The Investigator 
shall inform the Subinvestigators of the confidential nature of the clinical trial. 
The Investigator and the Subinvestigators shall use the information solely for the purposes of the 
clinical trial, to the exclusion of any use for their own or for a third party's account. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 95 
14.4 
PROPERTY RIGHTS 
All information, documents and IMP provided by the Sponsor or its designee are and remain the 
sole property of the Sponsor. 
The Investigator shall not and shall cause the delegated Investigator staff /Subinvestigator not to 
mention any information or the Product in any application for a patent or for any other intellectual 
property rights. 
All the results, data, documents and inventions, which arise directly or indirectly from the clinical 
trial in any form, shall be the immediate and exclusive property of the Sponsor. 
The Sponsor may use or exploit all the results at its own discretion, without any limitation to its 
property right (territory, field, continuance). The Sponsor shall be under no obligation to patent, 
develop, market or otherwise use the results of the clinical trial. 
As the case may be, the Investigator and/or the Subinvestigators shall provide all assistance 
required by the Sponsor, at the Sponsor's expense, for obtaining and defending any patent, 
including signature of legal documents. 
14.5 
DATA PROTECTION 
• 
The patient's personal data, which are included in the Sponsor database shall be treated in 
compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. 
• 
When archiving or processing personal data pertaining to the Investigator and/or to the 
patients, the Sponsor shall take all appropriate measures to safeguard and prevent access to 
this data by any unauthorized third party. 
• 
The Sponsor also collects specific data regarding Investigator as well as personal data 
from any person involved in the study which may be included in the Sponsor’s databases, 
shall be treated by both the Sponsor and the Investigator in compliance with all applicable 
laws and regulations. 
 
Patient race or ethnicity (American Indian/Alaska Native, Asian, Black, Native Hawaiian/Pacific 
Islander, White, not reported, unknown, other) will be collected in this study because these data 
are required by several regulatory authorities (eg, on African-American population for FDA, on 
Japanese population for the PMDA in Japan, or on Chinese population for the CFDA in China). 
Analyses of Patient genetic data will be conducted as described in the protocol as this is needed 
for pharmacogenetics analyses required for the purpose of the study or by regulatory authorities. 
The data collected in this study will only be used for the purpose(s) of the study and to document 
the evaluation of the benefit/ risk ratio, efficacy and safety of the product(s). They may be further 
processed if they have been anonymized. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 96 
14.6 
INSURANCE COMPENSATION 
The Sponsor certifies that it has taken out a liability insurance policy covering all clinical trials 
under its sponsorship.  This insurance policy is in accordance with local laws and requirements. 
The insurance of the Sponsor does not relieve the Investigator and the collaborators from any 
obligation to maintain their own liability insurance policy. An insurance certificate will be 
provided to the IECs/IRBs or regulatory authorities in countries requiring this document.  
14.7 
SPONSOR AUDITS AND INSPECTIONS BY REGULATORY AGENCIES 
For the purpose of ensuring compliance with the clinical trial protocol, Good Clinical Practice and 
applicable regulatory requirements, the Investigator should permit auditing by or on the behalf of 
the Sponsor and inspection by regulatory authorities. 
The Investigator agrees to allow the auditors/inspectors to have direct access to his/her study 
records for review, being understood that these personnel is bound by professional secrecy, and as 
such will not disclose any personal identity or personal medical information. 
The Investigator will make every effort to help with the performance of the audits and inspections, 
giving access to all necessary facilities, data, and documents. 
As soon as the Investigator is notified of a planned inspection by the authorities, he will inform 
the Sponsor and authorize the Sponsor to participate in this inspection. 
The confidentiality of the data verified and the protection of the patients should be respected 
during these inspections. 
Any result and information arising from the inspections by the regulatory authorities will be 
immediately communicated by the Investigator to the Sponsor. 
The Investigator shall take appropriate measures required by the Sponsor to take corrective 
actions for all problems found during the audit or inspections. 
14.8 
PREMATURE DISCONTINUATION OF THE STUDY OR PREMATURE CLOSE-OUT OF 
A SITE 
14.8.1 By the Sponsor  
The Sponsor has the right to terminate the participation of either an individual site or the study at 
any time, for any reason, including but not limited to the following:  
• 
The information on the product leads to doubt as to the benefit/risk ratio. 
• 
Patient enrollment is unsatisfactory. 
• 
The Investigator has received from the Sponsor all IMP, means and information necessary 
to perform the clinical trial and has not included any patient after a reasonable period of 
time mutually agreed upon. 
• 
Non-compliance of the Investigator or Subinvestigator, delegated staff with any provision 
of the clinical trial protocol, and breach of the applicable laws and regulations or breach of 
the ICH GCP. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 97 
• 
The total number of patients are included earlier than expected. 
In any case the Sponsor will notify the Investigator of its decision by written notice. 
14.8.2 By the Investigator 
The Investigator may terminate his/her participation upon thirty (30) days' prior written notice if 
the study site or the Investigator for any reason becomes unable to perform or complete the 
clinical trial.  
In the event of premature discontinuation of the study or premature close-out of a site, for any 
reason whatsoever, the appropriate IRB/IEC and regulatory authorities should be informed 
according to applicable regulatory requirements. 
14.9 
CLINICAL TRIAL RESULTS 
The Sponsor will be responsible for preparing a clinical study report and to provide a summary of 
study results to the Investigator. 
Analysis of exploratory biomarkers not included in the study report will be included in separate 
technical report(s).  
14.10 PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS 
The Investigator undertakes not to make any publication or release pertaining to the study and/or 
results of the study prior to the Sponsor’s written consent, being understood that the Sponsor will 
not unreasonably withhold its approval. 
As the study is being conducted at multiple sites, the Sponsor agrees that, consistent with 
scientific standards, a primary presentation or publication of the study results based on global 
study outcomes shall be sought. However, if no multicenter publication is submitted, underway or 
planned within twelve (12) months of the completion of this study at all sites, the Investigator 
shall have the right to publish or present independently the results of this study in agreement with 
other Investigators and stakeholders. The Investigator shall provide the Sponsor with a copy of 
any such presentation or publication for review and comment at least 30 days in advance of any 
presentation or submission for publication.  In addition, if requested by the Sponsor, any 
presentation or submission for publication shall be delayed for a limited time, not to exceed 
90 days, to allow for filing of a patent application or such other justified measures as the Sponsor 
deems appropriate to establish and preserve its proprietary rights.  
The Investigator shall not use the name(s) of the Sponsor and/or its employees in advertising or 
promotional material or publication without the prior written consent of the Sponsor. The Sponsor 
shall not use the name(s) of the Investigator and/or the collaborators in advertising or promotional 
material or publication without having received his/her and/or their prior written consent(s). 
The Sponsor has the right at any time to publish the results of the study. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 98 
15 
CLINICAL TRIAL PROTOCOL AMENDMENTS 
All appendices attached hereto and referred to herein are made part of this clinical trial protocol. 
The Investigator should not implement any deviation from, or changes of the clinical trial protocol 
without agreement by the Sponsor and prior review and documented approval/favorable opinion 
from the IRB/IEC and/or notification/approval of Health Authorities (Competent Regulatory 
Authority) of an amendment, as required by local regulation, except where necessary to eliminate 
an immediate hazard(s) to clinical trial patients, or when the change(s) involves only logistical or 
administrative aspects of the trial. Any change agreed upon will be recorded in writing, the 
written amendment will be signed by the Investigator and by the Sponsor and the signed 
amendment will be filed with this clinical trial protocol. 
Any amendment to the clinical trial protocol requires written approval/favorable opinion by the 
IRB/IEC prior to its implementation, unless there are overriding safety reasons. 
In case of substantial amendment to the clinical trial protocol, approval from the Health 
Authorities (Competent Regulatory Authority) will be sought before implementation, as required 
by local regulation. 
In some instances, an amendment may require a change to the informed consent form. The 
Investigator must receive an IRB/IEC approval/favorable opinion concerning the revised informed 
consent form prior to implementation of the change and patient signature should be re-collected if 
necessary. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 99 
16 
BIBLIOGRAPHIC REFERENCES 
1. 
Rael E, Lockey R.  Interleukin-13 Signaling and Its Role in Asthma. WAO Journal. 
2011;4(3):54–64. 
2. 
Maes T, Joos G, Brusselle G. Targeting Interleukin-4 in Asthma: Lost in Translation? Am 
J Respir Cell Mol Biol. 2012;47(3):261–70. 
3. 
Agrawal S, Townley RG. Role of periostin, FENO, IL-13, lebrikzumab, other IL-13 
antagonist, and dual IL-4/IL-13 antagonist in asthma. Expert Opin Biol Ther. 2014;14(2):165-81. 
4. 
Oh C, Geba G,  Molfino N.  Investigational therapeutics targeting the IL-4/IL-13/STAT-6 
pathway for the treatment of asthma. Eur Respir Rev. 2010;19(115):46–54. 
5. 
Amin K, Lúdvíksdóttir D, Janson C, Nettelbladt O, Björnsson E, Roomans GM, et al. 
Inflammation and structural changes in the airways of patients with atopic and nonatopic asthma. 
BHR Group. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2000;162(6):2295-301. 
6. 
Stone KD, Prussin C, Metcalfe DD. IgE, Mast Cells, Basophils, and Eosinophils. J Allergy 
Clin Immunol. 2010;125(2 Suppl 2): S73–S80. 
7. 
Ochi H, De Jesus NH, Hsieh FH, Austen KF, Boyce JA. IL-4 and -5 prime human mast 
cells for different profiles of IgE-dependent cytokine production. PNAS. 2000;97(19):10509-13. 
8. 
Shifren A, Witt C, Christie C, Castro M. Mechanisms of Remodeling in Asthmatic 
Airways. J Allergy. 2012; Article ID 316049, 12 pages. 
9. 
Gordon S, Martinez FO. Alternative Activation of Macrophages: Mechanism and 
Functions. Immunity. 2010;32(5): 593-604. 
10. 
Wenzel SE.  Asthma phenotypes: the evolution from clinical to molecular approaches. 
Nature Medicine. 2012;18(5):716-25. 
11. 
Global Strategy for Asthma Management and Prevention, Global Initiative for Asthma 
(GINA) 2015. Available from: http://www.ginasthma.org/. 
12. 
Dweik RA, Boggs PB, Erzurum SC, Irvin CG, Leigh MW, Lundberg JO, et al. An official 
ATS clinical practice guideline: interpretation of exhaled nitric oxide levels (FENO) for clinical 
applications. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2011;184(5):602-15. 
13. 
Djukanovic R, Wilson SJ, Kraft M, Jarjour NN, Steel M, Chung KF, et al. Effects of 
treatment with anti-immunoglobulin E antibody omalizumab on airway inflammation in allergic 
asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2004;170(6):583-93. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Amended Clinical Trial Protocol 02  
23-Nov-2016 
PDY14192 - dupilumab 
Version number: 1 
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential 
Page 100 
14. 
Abdel-Razzak Z, Loyer P, Fautrel A, Gautier JC, Corcos L, Turlin B, et al. Cytokines 
down-regulate expression of major cytochrome p-450 enzymes in adult human hepatocytes in 
primary culture. Mol. Pharmacol. 1993;44(4):707-15. 
15. 
Christensen H, Hermann M. Immunological response as a source to variability in drug 
metabolism and transport.  Front Pharmacol. 2012, Vol 3, Art 8. 
16. 
Liptrott NJ, Penny M, Bray PG, Sathish J, Khoo SH, Back DJ, et al.  The impact of 
cytokines on the expression of drug transporters, cytochrome P 450 enzymes and chemokine 
receptors in human PBMC. British Journal of Pharmacology. 2009;156(3):497-508 
17. 
Miller MR, Hankinson J, Brusasco V, Burgos F, Casaburi R, Coates A,et al. 
Standardization of spirometry. Series ‘‘ATS/ERS TASK FORCE: Standardization of Lung 
Function Testing"  Edited by Brusasco V, Crapo R, and Viegi G. Eur Resir J. 2005;26(2):319-38. 
18. 
Juniper EF, Svensson K, Mork AC, Stahl E. Measurement properties and interpretation of 
three shortened versions of the asthma control questionnaire.  Respir Med. 2005;99(5):553-8. 
19. 
Richmond I, Booth H, Ward C, Walters EH. Intrasubject variability in airway 
inflammation in biopsies in mild to moderate stable asthma. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 
1996;153(3):899-903. 
20. 
Ward C, Gardiner PV, Booth H, Walters EH. Intrasubject variability in airway 
inflammation sampled by bronchoalveolar lavage in stable asthmatics. Eur Respir J. 1995; 
8(11):1866-71. 
21. 
Wenzel S, Ford L, Pearlman D, Spector S, Sher L, Skobieranda F, et al.Dupilumab in 
persistent asthma with elevated eosinophil levels. N Engl J Med. 2013;368(26):2455-66. 
22. 
Flood-Page P, Swenson C, Faiferman I, Matthews J, Williams M, Brannick L, et al. A 
study to evaluate safety and efficacy of mepolizumab in patients with moderate persistent asthma. 
Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2007;176(11):1062-71. 
 
(electronic 
 
 
 
2.0)
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)

SAP_001.pdf: 
Any and all information presented in this document shall be treated as confidential and shall remain the exclusive property of Sanofi (or any of its 
affiliated companies). The use of such confidential information must be restricted to the recipient for the agreed purpose and must not be 
disclosed, published or otherwise communicated to any unauthorized persons, for any reason, in any form whatsoever without the prior written 
consent of Sanofi (or the concerned affiliated company); ‘affiliated company’ means any corporation, partnership or other entity which at the date 
of communication or afterwards (i) controls directly or indirectly Sanofi, (ii) is directly or indirectly controlled by Sanofi, with ‘control’ meaning 
direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of the capital stock or the voting rights in such corporation, partnership or other entity
According to template: QSD-002644 VERSION N°5.0 (06-JUL-2016)
Page 1
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN
An exploratory, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the effects 
of dupilumab on airway inflammation of adults with persistent asthma
SAR231893 (REGN68)-PDY14192
STUDY STATISTICIAN: 
and 
DATE OF ISSUE: 09-Apr-2018
Total number of pages:
71
(electronic 1.0)
NCT number: NCT02573233 


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN ...................................................................................................................1
TABLE OF CONTENTS..................................................................................................................................2
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITION OF TERMS..........................................................................5
1
OVERVIEW AND INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN ................................................................................7
1.1
STUDY DESIGN AND RANDOMIZATION ......................................................................................7
1.2
OBJECTIVES...................................................................................................................................7
1.2.1
Main objectives ................................................................................................................................7
1.2.2
Additional objectives ........................................................................................................................7
1.2.3
Exploratory objectives......................................................................................................................8
1.3
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE.............................................................................................8
1.4
STUDY PLAN...................................................................................................................................9
1.5
MODIFICATIONS FROM THE STATISTICAL SECTION OF THE PROTOCOL..........................10
1.6
STATISTICAL MODIFICATIONS MADE IN THE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN .....................12
2
STATISTICAL AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE.......................................................................13
2.1
PATIENT DESCRIPTION ..............................................................................................................13
2.1.1
Disposition of patients....................................................................................................................13
2.1.2
Protocol deviations.........................................................................................................................14
2.1.3
Randomization and drug-dispensing irregularities.........................................................................14
2.2
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS...........................................................................................................15
2.2.1
Pharmacodynamic populations......................................................................................................15
2.2.2
Efficacy population.........................................................................................................................15
2.2.3
Safety population ...........................................................................................................................15
2.2.4
Pharmacokinetic population...........................................................................................................15
2.2.5
Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic population ............................................................................16
2.2.6
Anti-drug antibody population ........................................................................................................16
2.3
DEMOGRAPHIC AND BASELINE CHARACTERISTICS .............................................................16
2.3.1
Demographic characteristics, medical history, and diagnoses......................................................16
2.3.2
Baseline pharmacodynamics parameters......................................................................................18
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 3
2.3.3
Baseline efficacy parameters.........................................................................................................19
2.3.4
Baseline safety parameters ...........................................................................................................19
2.4
EXTENT OF STUDY TREATMENT EXPOSURE AND COMPLIANCE........................................19
2.4.1
Extent of study treatment exposure ...............................................................................................19
2.4.2
Compliance ....................................................................................................................................19
2.5
PRIOR/CONCOMITANT MEDICATION/THERAPY......................................................................20
2.5.1
ICS in combination with one or two other controllers.....................................................................21
2.5.2
Reliever medication........................................................................................................................22
2.6
ANALYSIS OF PHARMACODYNAMIC VARIABLES....................................................................23
2.6.1
Description of pharmacodynamic variables ...................................................................................24
2.6.1.1
Main endpoints...............................................................................................................................24
2.6.1.2
Exploratory endpoints ....................................................................................................................25
2.6.1.3
Additional endpoints.......................................................................................................................27
2.6.2
Description of the analyses............................................................................................................30
2.6.2.1
Bronchoscopy procedure ...............................................................................................................30
2.6.2.2
Descriptive statistics.......................................................................................................................30
2.6.2.3
Main analysis: pharmacodynamic analyses ..................................................................................31
2.6.2.4
Correlation analyses between PD variables at baseline................................................................33
2.6.2.5
Correlation analysis between PD variables at baseline and baseline characteristics...................34
2.6.2.6
Correlation analysis between change from baseline in PD biomarkers and change from 
baseline in efficacy data at Week 12/EOT.....................................................................................34
2.6.2.7
Specific analyses on eosinophil data.............................................................................................34
2.6.2.8
Exploratory predictive/prognostic analyses on change from baseline in efficacy data..................35
2.7
ANALYSIS OF EFFICACY VARIABLES........................................................................................35
2.7.1
Parameters.....................................................................................................................................35
2.7.1.1
Disease-specific efficacy measures...............................................................................................36
2.7.1.2
Disease-specific, daily efficacy assessment..................................................................................37
2.7.2
Analyses.........................................................................................................................................38
2.8
ANALYSIS OF SAFETY DATA......................................................................................................38
2.8.1
Analysis of adverse events ............................................................................................................40
2.8.1.1
Definitions ......................................................................................................................................40
2.8.1.2
General information........................................................................................................................42
2.8.1.3
Treatment-emergent adverse events.............................................................................................42
2.8.1.4
Treatment-emergent adverse event(s) leading to permanent treatment discontinuation or 
drug interruption.............................................................................................................................43
2.8.1.5
Adverse events of special interests and other selected AE groupings..........................................43
2.8.1.6
Death and treatment-emergent serious adverse event(s) .............................................................43
2.8.1.7
Pretreatment adverse events.........................................................................................................43
2.8.2
Clinical laboratory evaluations .......................................................................................................43
2.8.3
Vital signs.......................................................................................................................................46
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 4
2.8.4
Oxygen saturation..........................................................................................................................47
2.8.5
Electrocardiogram..........................................................................................................................47
2.9
ANALYSIS OF PHARMACOKINETIC DATA.................................................................................48
2.9.1
Dupilumab concentration analysis in serum ..................................................................................48
2.9.2
Anti-drug antibodies analysis .........................................................................................................48
2.10
EXPLORATORY PHARMACOKINETIC/PHARMACODYNAMIC ANALYSIS...............................50
2.11
DATA HANDLING CONVENTIONS ..............................................................................................50
2.11.1
General conventions ......................................................................................................................50
2.11.2
Data handling conventions for PD biomarkers ..............................................................................51
2.11.3
Data handling conventions for efficacy variables...........................................................................51
2.11.4
Data handling conventions for pharmacokinetic variables.............................................................52
2.11.5
Missing data...................................................................................................................................52
2.11.6
Statistical technical issues .............................................................................................................54
3
INTERIM ANALYSIS .....................................................................................................................55
4
SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION .................................................................................................56
5
REFERENCES...............................................................................................................................57
6
APPENDICES................................................................................................................................58
APPENDIX A
STUDY FLOW CHART........................................................................................................59
APPENDIX B
LOW, MEDIUM AND HIGH DOSE INHALED CORTICOSTEROIDS - ADULTS AND 
ADOLESCENTS (≥12 YEARS)......................................................................................................62
APPENDIX C
REGIONAL SPECIFIC IGE PANELS..................................................................................63
APPENDIX D
RT-QPCR PANEL FOR THE MRNA ANALYSES...............................................................64
APPENDIX E
ASTHMA CONTROL QUESTIONNAIRE, 5-QUESTION VERSION...................................65
APPENDIX F
POTENTIALLY CLINICALLY SIGNIFICANT ABNORMALITIES CRITERIA.......................67
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 5
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITION OF TERMS
ACQ-5:
Asthma control questionnaire 5-question version 
ADA:
Anti-drug antibody
AESI:
Adverse events of special interest
ALT:
Alanine aminotransferase
ANA:
Anti-nuclear antibody 
ANCOVA:
Analysis of covariance 
AST:
Aspartate aminotransferase
ATC:
Anatomic category
BALF:
Bronchoalveolar lavage fluid
CI:
Confidence interval 
CPK:
Creatine phosphokinase
CRF:
Case report form
CSR:
Clinical Study Report
CV:
Coefficient of variation 
EOT:
End of treatment
FDR:
False discovery rate
FEF:
Forced expiratory flow 
FeNO:
Fractional exhaled nitric oxide
FEV1:
Forced Expiratory Volume in One Second
FVC:
Forced vital capacity 
HLGT:
High level group term
HLT:
High level term
ICC:
Immunocytochemistry
ICS:
Inhaled corticosteroid 
IHC:
Immunohistochemistry
IVRS:
Interactive Voice Response System
IWRS:
Interactive Web Response System
LABA:
Long-acting beta-agonists
LAMA:
Long-acting muscarinic antagonist
LFT:
Liver function test
LLT:
Lower level term
LS:
Least square
MBP:
Major basic protein, Major basic protein
MDI:
Metered dose inhaler
MedDRA:
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
MMRM:
Mixed-effect model with repeated measures
NAb:
Neutralizing antibody
NSAID:
Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug
OLE:
Open label extension
PCSA:
Potentially clinically significant abnormality 
PD:
Pharmacodynamics
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 6
PEF:
Peak Expiratory Flow
PK/PD:
Pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamics
ppb:
Parts per billion
PT:
Preferred term
q2w:
Every 2 weeks
SAE:
Serious adverse event
SAP:
Statistical analysis plan 
SC:
Subcutaneously
SD:
Standard deviation
SEM:
Standard error of the mean 
SMQ:
Standardized MedDRA query
SOC:
System organ class 
TEAE:
Treatment-emergent adverse event 
Th2:
T-helper cell 2
ULOQ:
Upper limit of quantification
WHO-DD:
World Health Organization-Drug Dictionary
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 7
1
OVERVIEW AND INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN
This statistical analysis plan (SAP) provides a comprehensive and detailed description of strategy 
and statistical techniques to be used to analyze the data for SAR231893 (REGN668) study 
protocol PDY14192 approved on 23 November 2016 (amended protocol 02). The purpose of the 
SAP is to ensure the credibility of study findings by pre-specifying statistical approaches to the 
analysis of study data prior to the database lock.
1.1
STUDY DESIGN AND RANDOMIZATION
PDY14192 is a Phase 2a, exploratory, multinational, multicenter, randomized, double-blind,
placebo-controlled, parallel group study of repeated doses of dupilumab or placebo administered 
subcutaneously (SC) every 2 weeks (q2w) for 12 weeks in adult patients with persistent asthma 
who are receiving at minimum a medium to high dose of inhaled corticosteroid (ICS) in 
combination with long-acting beta-agonists (LABA). Patients requiring a third asthma controller 
are eligible. Both the patients and investigators will be blinded to assigned active drug or 
matching placebo. 
After a screening phase of up to 6 weeks (5 weeks and optional addition of 7 days), patients will 
be centrally randomized (using allocation from block randomization schedule) via Interactive 
Voice Response System/Interactive Web Response System (IVRS/IWRS) in a 1:1 randomization 
ratio to dupilumab 300 mg q2w in 2 mL or placebo q2w in 2 mL. Randomization will be stratified 
by ICS dose level (medium, high) and region (North America, Europe). 
During the study, patients will undergo 2 bronchoscopy procedures (one prior to the initiation of 
study drug and the other after 12 weeks of treatment) for the collection of bronchial biopsy, 
bronchial brushing and bronchoalveolar lavage fluid samples. 
Approximately 42 patients will be randomized to dupilumab or placebo (around 21 patients per 
group) with at least 21 patients receiving treatment with high dose of ICS and no more than 
8 patients with baseline blood eosinophils < 150 cells/µL (i.e., 0.15 Giga/L).
1.2
OBJECTIVES
1.2.1
Main objectives
The main objective of this study is to evaluate the effect of dupilumab, compared to placebo, on 
airway inflammation in patients with persistent asthma.
1.2.2
Additional objectives
The additional objective of this study is to assess safety, tolerability and immunogenicity of 
dupilumab compared to placebo. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 8
1.2.3
Exploratory objectives
Exploratory objectives of this study include the following:

To explore the effects of dupilumab, compared to placebo, in patients with persistent 
asthma on:
-
Pulmonary function and asthma control;
-
T-helper cell 2 (Th2)-associated biomarkers in peripheral blood.

To explore the pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamics (PK/PD) relationship of the 
inflammatory biomarkers. 

To evaluate the relationship between the baseline characteristics of patients 
(e.g., demographics, clinical status, clinical lab values, biomarkers, and genetic profiles) 
and treatment responses. 
1.3
DETERMINATION OF SAMPLE SIZE
The sample size and the statistical power are estimated based on the pharmacodynamics (PD) 
endpoint of fractional exhaled nitric oxide (FeNO) as a surrogate marker for airway inflammation 
as no historical data was available on the main endpoints of bronchial inflammatory cells at the 
time of the protocol writing no historical data is available on the main endpoints of bronchial 
inflammatory cells.
The following assumptions are used for the estimations:

A difference of 25 parts per billion (ppb) in the change from baseline in FeNO at Week 
12/end of treatment (EOT) between dupilumab and placebo, and a common standard 
deviation (SD) of 32 ppb (this corresponds to a hypothesized effect size of 0.78)

A t-test at 1-sided α=0.05

Not accounting for early dropout, i.e., the calculated sample size refers to the number of 
completers who have baseline and Week 12/ EOT bronchoscopy measurements and have 
adequate biopsies (i.e., of sufficient quality, from which quantitative results are available 
for at least one of the biomarkers tested) for analysis at both baseline and Week 12/EOT.
Based on above assumptions, it is estimated that, with a total of 42 completers with adequate 
biopsy samples (21 completers per group), the study will have an 80% power to detect a 
difference of 25 ppb in the change from baseline in FeNO at Week 12/EOT between dupilumab 
and placebo.
Based on observations in other clinical trials (see Section 9.5 of the study protocol), it is expected 
that this sample size will be sufficient to evaluate the main PD endpoints in bronchial submucosa. 
Brightling et al (1) powered their study to show a reduction in airway submucosal eosinophils 
from baseline to Week 12 for their active drug compared with placebo using the following SD of 
the log values of the ratio vs. baseline in the change in number of eosinophils per mm² of 
subepithelial tissue in bronchial biopsy: 1.62 for the active group and 1.82 for placebo
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 9
Using an estimate of the SD of the log of the ratio in both groups of 1.7, it is calculated that 
21 patients per group (planned sample size of the PDY14192 study) would be sufficient to detect 
a 3.8-fold decrease (corresponding to a hypothesized effect size of 0.78 in log of ratio) compared 
with placebo with 80% power (one-sided test at 5%).
The calculations were made using nQuery Advisor 7.0.
1.4
STUDY PLAN
The clinical trial consists of three periods:

Screening Period (5 weeks and potentially additional up to 7 days): to determine a 
patient’s eligibility status or scheduling of bronchoscopy and establish the level of asthma 
control before randomization. During the screening period, a bronchoscopy procedure is 
performed to acquire baseline samples.

Randomized Treatment Period (12 weeks and potentially additional up to 4 weeks in the 
case the bronchoscopy at week 12 has to be postponed to week 14 or 16): to treat with 
dupilumab or placebo SC injection.

Post-treatment Period (12 weeks): to monitor patients’ statuses when off study drug 
treatment for patients not participating in the open label extension (OLE) LTS12551 study. 
Eligible patients participating in the OLE study will enter the study after completion of the 
EOT visit assessments. The post-treatment analyses for patients who enter the OLE study
will be described in a separate SAP.
Figure 1 - Graphical study design 
Refer to the Appendix A for the detailed study flow chart. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 10
1.5
MODIFICATIONS FROM THE STATISTICAL SECTION OF THE PROTOCOL
This section summarizes major changes to the protocol statistical section. These changes are not 
based on any unblinded study data.
The protocol history table below gives rationale and key details of major changes to the protocol 
statistical section. 
Table 1 – Protocol amendment statistical changes
SAP section
Rationale
Description of statistical changes
2.2.1 Pharmacodynamic 
populations
To identify a single bronchoscopy PD 
population for bronchoscopy biomarkers,
and a secondary PD population for other 
PD biomarkers.
The following text:
For the main PD endpoints in bronchial submucosa, 
the PD population will consist of all randomized 
patients who underwent baseline and Week12/EOT 
bronchoscopies and have adequate biopsies for 
analysis at both baseline and end of treatment. (…) 
Analysis population for additional PD/biomarker 
endpoints will be similarly defined.
Was replaced by:
Two PD populations will be defined:
- The bronchoscopy PD population will encompass 
all randomized and treated patients with an 
evaluable bronchoscopy performed at baseline and 
at Week 12/EOT.
- The secondary PD population will encompass all 
randomized and treated patients.
2.2.2 Efficacy population
To harmonize the population for efficacy 
analyses across all endpoints
The following text:
For analyses of exploratory efficacy endpoints, the 
efficacy population will consist of all randomized 
patients who have both baseline and a post-baseline 
spirometry data. The analysis will be “as-treated” or 
based on the treatment actually received. If a patient 
receives in error both placebo and dupilumab during 
the course of the study, the patient will be included 
in the dupilumab group. Additional exploratory 
efficacy analyses will be also performed using the 
conventional mITT population in which patients will 
be included in the group as randomized.
Was replaced by:
Exploratory efficacy analyses will be performed on 
the secondary PD population.
2.2.3 Safety population
To harmonize the definition of the safety 
population to be consistent with 
EFC13579 study
The following text:
The safety experience of patients treated and not 
randomized will be reported separately, and these 
patients will not be in the safety population.
Was replaced by:
Patients treated without being randomized will be 
included in the safety population.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 11
SAP section
Rationale
Description of statistical changes
2.6.1 Description of 
pharmacodynamic variables
To comprehensively describe the 
biomarkers that will be collected and 
analyzed in the study
All bronchoscopy and blood biomarkers are listed by 
matrix and type of biomarkers.
Normalization of mRNA data after RT-qPCR to 
housekeeping genes is detailed
2.6.2.3 Main analyses: 
pharmacodynamic analyses
To take into account that for some PD 
variables, the ratio from baseline is also a
parameter of interest, in addition to the 
absolute change from baseline
Absolute change from baseline and ratio from 
baseline will be derived for some biomarkers
2.6.2.3 Main analyses: 
pharmacodynamic analyses
To describe the formal statistical 
analyses done on FeNO data
A MMRM approach will be implemented on FeNO 
endpoints.
2.6.2.3 Main analyses: 
pharmacodynamic analyses
To take into account multiplicity 
adjustment given the high number of 
markers tested (adjusted p-values will be 
provided on top of unadjusted ones)
The following section:
No multiplicity procedures will be used as the study 
is exploratory in nature.
was replaced by:
In all statistical models performed, non adjusted (ie, 
nominal) p-values and p-values adjusted to control 
the false discovery rate (FDR) using the Benjamini-
Hochberg procedure at a 10% threshold will be 
systematically presented in all outputs. The 
adjustment will be done for each of type of 
biomarkers (e.g., IHC – Biopsy, ICC – Brushing).
2.6.2.4 Correlation analyses 
between PD variables at 
baseline
To include analyses of the correlation 
between biomarkers at baseline
Correlation analyses have been added
2.6.2.5 Correlation analysis 
between PD variables at 
baseline and baseline 
characteristics
To include analyses of the correlation 
between biomarkers at baseline and 
baseline characteristics
Correlation analyses have been added
2.6.2.6 Correlation analysis 
between change from 
baseline in PD biomarkers 
and change from baseline in 
efficacy data at Week 
12/EOT
To include analyses of the correlation 
between changes in biomarkers and 
change in efficacy data at Week 12/EOT
Correlation analyses have been added
2.6.2.7 Specific analyses on 
eosinophil data
To better understand the correlations 
between change in eosinophil between 
matrices, and the correlations between 
changes in eosinophils and change in 
FeNO
Correlation analyses and descriptive analyses have 
been added
2.6.2.8 Exploratory 
predictive/prognostic 
analyses on change from 
baseline in efficacy data
To identify prognostic/predictive markers 
of the response to dupilumab in efficacy 
data at Week 12/EOT (exploratory 
analyses)
Exploratory univariate and multivariate
prognostic/predictive analyses have been added
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 12
SAP section
Rationale
Description of statistical changes
2.7 Analysis of efficacy 
variables
To describe analyses performed on all 
efficacy parameters (only analyses on 
FEV1 was presented in the protocol) ; in 
addition the specifications of the mixed-
effect model with repeated measures
used has been corrected to be consistent 
with EFC13579 study
Statistical analyses on asthma control questionnaire 
5-question version score and electronic diary/PEF 
data have been added, using mixed-effect model 
with repeated measures
2.8 Analysis of safety data
To harmonize the definition of the safety 
epochs with EFC13579 study
The treatment-emergent adverse event period will
be defined as the time from the first administration of 
the IMP to the last administration of the IMP + 98 
days or until rollover to the OLE study
2.8.1.3 Treatment-emergent 
adverse events
To describe that treatment-emergent 
adverse events will be summarized by 
system organ class and preferred term, 
and not according to system organ class, 
high-level group term, high level term and 
preferred term, due to the low study 
sample size and study duration
All treatment-emergent adverse events tables will be 
presented by system organ class and preferred term
2.9.2 Anti-drug antibodies 
analysis
To take into account the short study 
duration, no classification of treatment-
emergent ADA response will be done
The classification of treatment-emergent ADA 
response transient, persistent or indeterminate has 
been removed
2.9.2 Anti-drug antibodies 
analysis
To include ADA-PD analyses
Association of ADA with main pharmacodynamic 
endpoints may be explored
2.10 Exploratory 
pharmacokinetic/pharmaco-
dynamic analysis
To include PK/PD analyses in order to 
explore the relationship between 
dupilumab concentrations and selected 
bronchoscopy parameters
A PK/PD analysis section has been added
1.6
STATISTICAL MODIFICATIONS MADE IN THE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN
Not applicable
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 13
2
STATISTICAL AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE
2.1
PATIENT DESCRIPTION
2.1.1
Disposition of patients
This section describes patient disposition for patient study status. 
Screened patients are defined as any patient who signed the informed consent. 
Randomized patients consist of all patients with a treatment kit number allocated and recorded in 
the IVRS/IWRS database, and regardless of whether the treatment kit was used or not.
For patient study status, the total number of patients in each of the following categories will be 
presented in the Clinical Study Report (CSR) summary table (number and percentage):

Screened patients.

Screened failure patients and reasons for screen failure.

Nonrandomized but treated patients.

Randomized patients.

Randomized but not treated patients and reason for not being treated.

Randomized and treated patients.

Patient who completed the 12-week treatment period as per protocol.

Patients who did not complete the 12-week treatment period by main reason for permanent 
treatment discontinuation.

Patients who did not complete the 12-week treatment period per patient’s decision.

Patients who completed the study as per protocol.

Patients who withdraw from the study by main reason for study discontinuation.

Patients who withdraw from the study per patient’s decision.

Patients who entered the LTS12551 study (OLE).

Patients who did not continue into the LTS12551 study.

Patients’ status (alive, dead) at last study contact for patients who did not enter the 
LTS12551 study.
For all categories of patients (except for the screened categories and nonrandomized categories) 
percentages will be calculated using the number of randomized patients as denominator. This 
summary will be provided by treatment group and may also be further subgrouped by region 
and/or ICS dose as applicable.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 14
2.1.2
Protocol deviations
During the blinded review of the database, compliance with the protocol will be examined with 
regard to inclusion and exclusion criteria, prohibited therapies, and timing and availability of 
planned assessments. Protocol deviations will be identified by the study team before database 
lock, and classified as minor, major or critical deviations. All critical or major deviations 
potentially impacting PD, efficacy or PK analyses, and other major or critical deviations will be 
summarized in tables giving numbers and percentages of deviations by treatment group in the 
randomization population, and listed. 
2.1.3
Randomization and drug-dispensing irregularities
Randomization and drug-dispensing irregularities occur whenever:
1. A randomization is not in accordance with the protocol-defined randomization method, 
such as a) an ineligible patient is randomized, b) a patient is randomized based on an 
incorrect stratum, or c) a patient is randomized twice.
OR
2. A patient is dispensed an investigational medicinal product (IMP) kit not allocated by the 
protocol-defined randomization, such as a) a patient at any time in the study is dispensed a 
different treatment kit than as randomized (which may or may not contain the correct-as-
randomized IMP), or b) a nonrandomized patient is treated with IMP reserved for 
randomized patients.
Randomization and drug-dispensing irregularities will be monitored throughout the study and 
reviewed on an ongoing basis. The irregularities to be prospectively identified include but are not 
limited to: 

Kit dispensation without IVRS/IWRS transaction.

Erroneous kit dispensation at randomization or any post-randomization visit.

Allocated kit not available.

Non eligible patient randomized by error.

Patient randomized twice.

Stratification error.

Patient switched to another site.

Randomisation of a non-existent patient.
All randomization and drug-dispensing irregularities will be documented in the CSR. These 
irregularities will be categorized, listed and summarized among randomized patients (number and 
percentages). Nonrandomized but treated patients will be described separately.
In all analyses, in case of stratification error, the real randomization strata (region or ICS dose) 
will be used instead of the IVRS/IWRS ones.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 15
2.2
ANALYSIS POPULATIONS
The randomized population includes any patient who has been allocated by IVRS/IWRS to a 
treatment kit regardless of whether the treatment kit was used or not. 
For any patient randomized more than once, only the data associated with the first randomization 
will be used in any analysis population. The safety experience associated with any later 
randomization will be assessed separately.
For all analyses (pharmacodynamic, efficacy, safety and ADA), the patients will be analyzed 
according to the treatment they actually received (“as-treated” analyses).  A patient will be 
included in the dupilumab group if he/she mistakenly received both placebo and dupilumab 
during the course of the study.
All analysis populations will be summarized in a table by number of patients on the randomized 
population. All exclusions from any analysis populations will be fully documented in the CSR.
2.2.1
Pharmacodynamic populations
Two PD populations will be defined:
-
The bronchoscopy PD population will encompass all randomized and treated patients 
with an evaluable bronchoscopy performed at baseline and at Week 12/EOT; this 
population will be used for the analyses of the bronchoscopy PD endpoints;
-
The secondary PD population will encompass all randomized and treated patients; this 
population will be used for the analyses of other PD endpoints.
Patients treated without being randomized will not be included in any PD populations.
2.2.2
Efficacy population
Exploratory efficacy analyses will be performed on the secondary PD population.
2.2.3
Safety population
The safety population will consist of all patients randomized and exposed to IMP, regardless of 
the amount of treatment administered. Patients treated without being randomized will be included 
in the safety population. The patients for whom it is unclear whether they took the study 
medication will be included in the safety population.
2.2.4
Pharmacokinetic population
The PK population will consist of all patients in the safety population with at least one non-
missing and eligible post-baseline dupilumab serum concentration data. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 16
2.2.5
Pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic population
The PK/PD population will consist of all randomized and treated patients with at least one post-
baseline PD data and at least one post-baseline dupilumab serum concentration data. Patients will 
be analyzed according to the treatment actually received. The patients treated with placebo might 
be included in the PK/PD population depending on the analyses, if they have post-baseline PD 
data. 
2.2.6
Anti-drug antibody population
The anti-drug antibody (ADA) population will consist of all patients in the safety population who 
had at least one non missing ADA result (either “ADA negative” or “ADA positive”) after first
dose of the study treatment.
2.3
DEMOGRAPHIC AND BASELINE CHARACTERISTICS
2.3.1
Demographic characteristics, medical history, and diagnoses
All analyses will be performed on the randomized population.
Demographic characteristics
Continuous data will be summarized using the number of available data, mean, SD, median, 
minimum and maximum for each treatment group. Categorical and ordinal data will be 
summarized using the number and percentage of patients in each treatment group. 
Demographic variables include:

Age in years (quantitative and qualitative variable : ≥18-<40, ≥40-≤65).

Gender (Male, Female).

Region (North America: Canada and USA; Europe: Germany, UK, Denmark and 
Sweden).

Race (Caucasian/White, Black, Asian/Oriental, American Indian or Alaska Native, Native
Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander, Other).

Ethnicity (Hispanic, Not Hispanic).

Height in cm.

Weight in kg (quantitative and qualitative variable: <50, ≥50-<100 and ≥100 kg).

Body mass index (BMI) in kg/ m2 (quantitative and qualitative variable: <25, ≥25-<30, 
≥30 kg/m²).

Alcohol drinking frequency (Never, At least monthly, At least weekly, and At least daily), 
number of standard alcohol drinks on a typical day when drinking (1 or 2, >2).
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 17
The demographic characteristics will be summarized by treatment group separately and overall 
using descriptive statistics. The summary demographic characteristics will also be provided for 
other analysis populations or subgroups if there is a noticeable difference in sample size. No 
statistical testing on demographic characteristics will be performed. 
Medical or surgical history
Medical or surgical history includes all the relevant medical or surgical history during the lifetime 
of the patient.
The information will be coded using the version of Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
(MedDRA) currently in effect at Sanofi at the time of database lock. 
The medical and surgical history will be summarized by treatment group and overall, and by 
system organ class (SOC) and preferred term (PT) sorted by internationally agreed order of SOC 
and by the decreasing frequency of PT within SOC based on the overall incidence across 
treatment groups.
Comorbidity history will be summarized separately. The following comorbid diseases will be 
summarized:

Atopic dermatitis history (Yes, Ongoing condition).

Allergic conjunctivitis history (Yes, Ongoing condition).

Allergic rhinitis history (Yes, Ongoing condition).

Allergic conjunctivitis and/or rhinitis history (Yes, Ongoing condition).

Chronic rhinosinusitis history (Yes, Ongoing condition).

Nasal polyps history (Yes, Ongoing condition).

Eosinophilic esophagitis history (Yes, Ongoing condition).

Food allergy history (Yes, Ongoing condition).

Hives history (Yes, Ongoing condition).
In addition, a patient will be considered to have ongoing atopic medical condition if he/she has 
any of the following ongoing conditions: atopic dermatitis, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, 
eosinophilic esophagitis, food allergy, hives; or has baseline total IgE ≥ 100 IU/mL and at least 
one aeroantigen specific IgE is positive (≥0.35 IU/mL) at baseline. Ongoing atopic medical 
condition will be summarized by treatment group and overall.
Disease characteristics
The following baseline disease characteristics will be summarized by treatment group and overall:
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 18

ICS dose level (medium, high as defined in Appendix B).

Age of asthma onset (quantitative and in classes: <18 years, ≥18-<40, ≥40 years).

Time since first diagnosis of asthma (years).

Time since last severe asthma exacerbation (months); a severe asthma exacerbation prior 
to the study is defined as any treatment with 1 systemic (oral or parenteral) steroid burst or 
more for worsening asthma or hospitalization or an emergency/urgent medical care visit 
for worsening asthma.

Number of severe asthma exacerbation experienced within 1 year before Visit 1 
(quantitative variable and qualitative variables: 0, 1, 2, 3, ≥4).

Number of severe asthma exacerbations requiring hospitalization or urgent medical care 
experienced within 1 year before Visit 1 (quantitative variable and qualitative variables: 0, 
1, 2, 3, ≥4).

Smoking history (Never, Former), time since cessation of smoking (years) and smoking 
quantity in pack-years for former smokers.

Baseline spirometry data including pre-bronchodilator Forced Expiratory Volume in One 
Second (FEV1, in L, quantitative and in class: ≤1.75 and >1.75L), percent predicted FEV1
(%, quantitative and in class: <60% and ≥60%), post bronchodilator FEV1 (L) and FEV1
reversibility (%).

AM and PM Peak Expiratory Flow (PEF) (L/min).

AM and PM symptom scores.

Asthma control questionnaire 5-question version (ACQ-5) score (quantitative and in 
classes : ≤2 and >2).

Number of inhalations/day of salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for 
symptom relief in a 24-hr period.

Hypersensitivity to aspirin or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID; Yes, Ongoing 
condition).

Blood eosinophils (quantitative and in class: <0.15 and ≥0.15 Giga/L; <0.3 and 
≥0.3 Giga/L).

FeNO in ppb (quantitative and in class: <50 and ≥50 ppb).

Total IgE in IU/mL.
2.3.2
Baseline pharmacodynamics parameters
The baseline PD biomarker parameter is defined as the last non-missing value prior to the first 
dose of IMP unless otherwise specified (see Section 2.6.1 for more details).
All baseline PD biomarker parameters are presented along with the post-baseline PD biomarker 
summary statistics by treatment group separately in the PD populations. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 19
No statistical testing on the baseline PD parameters will be performed. 
2.3.3
Baseline efficacy parameters
The baseline value of spirometry parameters and ACQ5 score is defined as the last available value 
up to Week -2 to -0.5 before the bronchoscopy unless otherwise specified.  
The baseline AM PEF is the mean of available AM measurements recorded for the 7 days up to 
Week -2 to -0.5 before bronchoscopy, and the baseline PM PEF is the mean of available PM 
measurements recorded for the 7 days up to Week -2 to -0.5 before bronchoscopy. 
All baseline efficacy parameters are presented along with the post-baseline efficacy parameters 
summary statistics by treatment group. 
No statistical testing on baseline efficacy parameters will be performed. 
2.3.4
Baseline safety parameters
The baseline value of safety parameters is defined as the last available value prior to the first dose 
of IMP. No specific description of the safety parameters will be provided at baseline. If relevant, 
the baseline values will be described along with each safety analysis. 
2.4
EXTENT OF STUDY TREATMENT EXPOSURE AND COMPLIANCE
The extent of study treatment exposure and compliance will be assessed and summarized by 
actual received treatment within the safety population.
2.4.1
Extent of study treatment exposure
The extent of IMP exposure will be assessed by the duration of IMP exposure. Duration of IMP 
exposure in days is defined as: last dose date - first dose date + 14 days, regardless of unplanned 
intermittent discontinuations (see Section 2.11.5 for calculation in case of missing or incomplete 
data).
Duration of IMP exposure will be summarized descriptively as a quantitative variable (number, 
mean, SD, median, minimum, and maximum). 
2.4.2
Compliance
A given administration will be considered noncompliant if the patient did not take the planned 
dose of treatment as required by the protocol. No imputation will be made for patients with 
missing or incomplete data. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 20
Percentage of compliance for a patient will be defined as the number of administrations that the 
patient was compliant divided by the total number of administrations the patient was planned to 
take during the treatment period (i.e., from the first to the last administration).
Treatment compliance will be summarized descriptively as quantitative variables (number, mean, 
SD, median, minimum, and maximum). If needed, the percentage of patients whose compliance is 
< 80% will be summarized. 
2.5
PRIOR/CONCOMITANT MEDICATION/THERAPY
All medications taken within 3 months before screening and until the end of the study, including 
asthma controller medications and systemic corticosteroids, are to be reported in the case report 
form (CRF) pages. 
All medications will be coded using the World Health Organization-Drug Dictionary (WHO-DD)
version currently in effect at Sanofi at the time of database lock. 

Prior medications are those the patient used prior to the first IMP injection. Prior 
medications can be discontinued before the first administration or can be ongoing during 
treatment phase. 

Concomitant medications are any treatments received by the patient concomitantly to the 
IMP, from the first administration of IMP to the last administration of IMP + 98 days or 
till rollover to the OLE study. 

Post-treatment medications are those the patient took in the period from the last 
administration of IMP + 99 days to the end of the study. 
A given medication can be classified as a prior medication, concomitant medication and post-
treatment medication at the same time. 
The prior and concomitant medications will be presented for the randomized population. 
Medications will be summarized by treatment group according to the WHO-DD dictionary, 
considering the first digit of the anatomic category (ATC) class (anatomic category) and the first 
3 digits of the ATC class (therapeutic category). All ATC codes corresponding to a medication 
will be summarized, and patients will be counted once in each ATC category (anatomic or 
therapeutic) linked to the medication. Therefore patients may be counted several times for the 
same medication. 
The table for prior medications will be sorted by decreasing frequency of ATC followed by all 
other therapeutic classes based on the overall incidence across treatment groups. In case of equal 
frequency regarding ATCs (anatomic or therapeutic categories), alphabetical order will be used. 
Concomitant medication received during the first IMP to the last IMP + 14 days and concomitant 
medication received during the first IMP to the last IMP + 98 days will be summarized separately. 
The tables for concomitant medications will be sorted by decreasing frequency of ATC followed 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 21
by all other therapeutic classes based on the incidence in the dupilumab group. In case of equal 
frequency regarding ATCs (anatomic or therapeutic categories), alphabetical order will be used. 
In addition, following treatments will be summarized separately:

ICS in combination with other controllers and reliever medications

Prednisone/prednisolone prescribed post-bronchoscopy
2.5.1
ICS in combination with one or two other controllers
On a daily basis throughout the study, the patient uses an electronic diary to record daily use of 
ICS in combination or concurrently with other controllers as used just prior to screening. 
ICS and other asthma controller medications will be identified as the medications reported on the 
“Prescribed Asthma Controller Medications” eCRF page.
The total daily dose of ICS in asthma controller medication at randomization will be classified as 
medium-dose or high-dose according to Appendix B. If a patient takes more than one medication 
containing ICS, the ICS dose of different products will be standardized according to equivalent 
dose specified in Table 2. The equivalent dose is determined based on the thresholds in Appendix 
B. After conversion, the total daily dose for inhaled corticosteroid will be calculated and classified 
as medium or high dose. 
Table 2 – Equivalent dose for inhaled corticosteroids for adults 
Inhaled corticosteroid 
Equivalent dose (mcg) to 500 mcg Fluticasone 
propionate (DPI or HFA)
FLUTICASONE FUROATE
200-*
BECLOMETASONE DIPROPIONATE (CFC)
1000
BECLOMETASONE DIPROPIONATE (HFA)
400
BUDESONIDE (DPI)
800
CICLESONIDE (HFA)
320
MOMETASONE FUROATE
440
TRIAMCINOLONE ACETONIDE
2000
ADAPTED FROM GINA 2016 GUIDELINES
HFA=hydrofluoroalkane, DPI= Dry Powder Inhaler
*Fluticason furoate (FF) dose ≥ 200 mcg is converted to equivalent fluticasone propionate (DPI or HFA) dose of (FF dose +1) × 2.5; FF dose 
<200 mcg is converted to equivalent fluticasone propionate (DPI or HFA) dose of FF dose × 2.5.
Example: A patient received 400 mcg budesonide (DPI) and 440 mcg mometasone furoate. They are equivalent to 250 mcg and 500 mcg 
fluticasone propionate correspondingly. The combined total daily dose is equivalent to 750 mcg fluticasone propionate and classified as high 
dose.
Number of controllers taken by each patient will be counted by therapeutic drug class. All drugs 
in a therapeutic class will be only counted once.  
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 22
Description of controller medications
Prior asthma controller medications will be summarized by treatment group sorted by decreasing 
frequency of standard medication name on the incidence in the overall treatment group. 
Concomitant asthma controller medications will be summarized by treatment group sorted by 
decreasing frequency of standard medication name on the incidence in treatment group. 
Number and percentage of patients on high-dose ICS, medium-dose ICS, and any non-ICS 
controller medication, LABA, long-acting muscarinic antagonist (LAMA), and LTRA at baseline 
will also be summarized. 
Compliance for controller medications
During the study, the daily intake of each prescribed asthma controller medication will be 
recorded on the electronic diary every evening. Compliance for the controller medications with 
ICS component and overall compliance to all prescribed controller medications will be calculated 
for each patient. For each day, a patient is considered as compliant to the prescribed controller 
medication with ICS component if the actual dose of each controller medication with ICS 
component is the same as or greater than the prescribed dose. Similarly, a patient is considered as 
compliant to all controller medication if the actual dose of each controller medication is the same 
as or greater than the prescribed dose. Following compliances will be calculated and summarized 
by treatment group:

Compliance for controller medication(s) with ICS component is defined as the number 
of days when the patient is compliant to the prescribed controller medication(s) with ICS 
component divided by the number of days the patient stays in the treatment period (from 
the first dose to the last dose + 14 days). 

Overall controller medication(s) compliance is defined as the number of days when the 
patient is compliant with all prescribed controller medication divided by the number of 
days the patient stays in the treatment period. 
2.5.2
Reliever medication
Patients may administer albuterol/salbutamol or levalbuterol/levosalbutamol metered dose inhaler 
(MDI) as reliever medication as needed during the study. Nebulizer solutions may be used as an 
alternative delivery method. 
Salbutamol/albuterol nebulizer and levosalbutamol/levalbuterol nebulizer use recorded in the 
electronic diary will be converted to the number of puffs as shown on the Table 3.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 23
Table 3 - Conversation table for reliever medication: Salbutamol/Albuterol Nebulizer Solution
Salbutamol/Albuterol Nebulizer Solution -Total 
Daily Dose (mg)
Number of puffs*
2.5
4
5.0
8
7.5
12
10
16
*Conversion factor: salbutamol/albuterol nebulizer solution (2.5 mg) corresponds to 4 puffs
Example of salbutamol/albuterol Nebulizer-to-Puff Conversion: Patient received 3 
salbutamol/albuterol nebulizer treatments (2.5 mg/treatment) between 7 and 11 AM. Total daily = 
7.5 mg, i.e., 12 puffs.
Table 4 - Conversation table for reliever medication: Levosalbutamol/Levalbuterol Nebulizer 
Solution
Levosalbutamol/Levalbuterol Nebulizer Solution 
-Total Daily Dose (mg)
Number of puffs*
1.25
4
2.5
8
3.75
12
5
16
*Conversion factor: levosalbutamol/levalbuterol nebulizer solution (1.25 mg) corresponds to 4 puffs
Example of levosalbutamol/levalbuterol Nebulizer-to-Puff Conversion: Patient received 3 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol nebulizer treatments (1.25 mg/treatment) between 7 and 11 AM. 
Total daily = 3.75 mg, i.e., 12 puffs.
Descriptive statistics on the number of puffs of reliever medications by 24 hours will be provided 
by treatment group and visit.
2.6
ANALYSIS OF PHARMACODYNAMIC VARIABLES
Pharmacodynamic analyses will be performed on the bronchoscopy or on the secondary PD 
population, depending on the biomarkers.
All values will be assigned to the theoretical visit; unscheduled visit measurements will be 
included in the computation of baseline if occurred before the 1st IMP, but will not be included in 
any by-visit summaries or statistical models (only scheduled values will be taken into account).
Only data measured before or on the last IMP date + 14 days (on-treatment period) will be taken 
into account in all analyses.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 24
2.6.1
Description of pharmacodynamic variables
There are three types of biomarkers in the study:

Biomarkers measured in bronchoscopy samples, assessed in biopsy, bronchoalveolar 
lavage fluid (BALF), and brushing at baseline and Week 12/EOT
-
Immunohistochemistry (IHC)/immunocytochemistry (ICC) markers.
-
Subepithelial thickness in biopsy samples.
-
Differential cell count in BALF samples.
-
RNA markers.
-
Proteins (in brushing and BALF samples).
Note: depending on feasibility, additional biomarkers might be analyzed.

Biomarkers measured in blood assessed at baseline, Week 6 and 12/EOT (differential cell 
count, RNA markers, proteins).

FeNO measured at baseline, Weeks 6, 8, 10 and 12/EOT.
The Table 5 contains the comprehensive list of the bronchoscopy and blood biomarkers that will 
be assessed during the study.
The last value before the first IMP will be considered as baseline:

For bronchoscopy parameters, the baseline is defined as the value at Visit 2 (screening).

For blood biomarkers, the value at visit 2 is considered as baseline unless not available 
(eg, insufficient volume); in that case the baseline will be the value determined at Visit 1.

For FeNO, the baseline is defined as the latest value prior to first dosing.
No imputation of missing values will be performed.
Rules for imputation of values below the LLOQ or above the upper limit of quantification 
(ULOQ) are detailed in Section 2.11.2.
2.6.1.1
Main endpoints
The following inflammatory cells measured in biopsy samples by IHC will be considered as the 
main markers:

Eosinophils, based on major basic protein (MBP) positive cells; the hypothesis is that 
dupilumab will decrease tissue eosinophils in patients with persistent asthma compared to 
placebo, as it was demonstrated in the R668-PH-17214 study that dupilumab potently 
blocked house dust mite-induced eosinophil infiltration into the lungs of Il4rahu/hu Il4hu/hu
mice.

Mast cells: tryptase positive, chymase positive.

T lymphocytes: CD3 positive.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 25

T helper cells: CD4 positive.

Goblet cells: MUC5 positive.

B cells: CD23 positive.
The main endpoints will be the absolute change from baseline, the percent change from baseline 
as well as the ratio from baseline at Week 12/EOT for:

The number of positive inflammatory cells per mm², derived by the biostatistics 
department, for each marker described above as:
Number of positive inflammatory cells
Total area of tissue assessed in mm²

For goblet cells (MUC5 positive) only, the following ratios will be also calculated by the 
biostatistics department:
-
   !" #" ""$  % &&²
 #" '  (" ""$  % &&)
-
*(&+"# '   !"  %'&&#, -"
   !" #" ""$  % &&²
All IHC measurements will be assessed in triplicate; the mean of the 3 values will be used for all 
statistical analyses. Of note, the previous ratios will be calculated for each replicate first and then 
the 3 replicates will be averaged (the missing values will not be imputed and the average of the 
replicates will be calculated whatever the number of non missing values)
2.6.1.2
Exploratory endpoints
2.6.1.2.1 Markers measured by ICC
The following inflammatory markers measured by ICC in BALF and brushing samples will be 
considered as exploratory markers:

Eosinophils: MBP positive cells

Mast cells: tryptase positive

Macrophages: CD206 positive, CD68 positive

B cells: CD23 positive
Exploratory endpoints will be the absolute change from baseline, the percent change from 
baseline as well as the ratio from baseline at Week 12/EOT for:

BALF samples: The absolute number of stained cells for each marker described above, 
expressed in cells by mL of fluid and calculated by the biostatistics department:
Absolute number of stained cells
Total recovered volume in mL
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 26

BALF and brushing samples: The following ratios will be also calculated by the 
biostatistics department for each cell type:
-
Absolute number of stained cells
Total number of inflammatory cells
-
Number of stained CD206 cells
Number of stained CD68 cells , reflecting M2/M1 macrophages differentiation
2.6.1.2.2 Subepithelial thickness markers
The subepithelial thickness measured in the biopsy will be considered as exploratory markers. The 
geometric mean of the thickness of basement membrane measured in 3 different locations will be 
computed by biostatistics department (of note, potential missing values will not be imputed and 
the average of the thickness will be calculated whatever the number of non-missing values).
Measurements will be assessed in duplicate; the geometric mean across the 3 locations will be 
calculated first and the arithmetic mean of the 2 replicates will be computed (the missing values 
will not be imputed and the average will be calculated whatever the number of non-missing 
values)
The absolute and percent change from baseline at Week 12/EOT for these markers will be 
considered as exploratory endpoints.
2.6.1.2.3 Differential cell counts
The following markers will be considered as exploratory markers:

Differential cell counts in BALF: neutrophil, eosinophil, lymphocyte, macrophage, 
epithelial, and mast cell counts

Differential cell counts in blood: as part of the standard White Blood Cell differential cell 
count (see Section 2.8.2), total white blood cell count, neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, 
monocytes and lymphocytes will be analyzed at baseline and Week 12/EOT.
The absolute change from baseline, the percent change from baseline as well as the ratio from 
baseline at Week 12/EOT for these markers will be considered as exploratory endpoints.
2.6.1.2.4 RNA markers
The effect of dupilumab on the mRNA expression of 29 Th2-related genes (see the list of genes in 
Appendix D) after quantitative RT-qPCR will be explored. RNA will be isolated from 
bronchoscopy in biopsy, BALF and brushing samples at baseline and Week 12/EOT and also in 
blood at baseline only.
Prior to all statistical analyses, mRNA data will be normalized using a combination of the 
housekeeping genes B2M and GAPDH if Ct ranges (Ctmax – Ctmin among all study samples) of 
these 2 genes is <4. If so, the individual ΔCt will be calculated for each patient and visit as 
follows: ΔCt = Ct,target – Ct0, where:
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 27
Ct0 = arithmetic mean of C(t, 2 housekeeping genes) for each biopsy specimen
For lung samples, the ΔΔCt between Week 12/EOT and baseline as well as fold-change from
baseline in gene expression will be calculated for each patient as follows:

ΔΔCt = (Ct,target – Ct0)(Week 12) – (Ct,target – Ct0)(Baseline) 

Fold-change, FC= 2-ΔΔCt
If Ct ranges of both housekeeping genes are ≥ 4, alternative normalization algorithms, such as 
Quantile normalization, will be used.
Note: Please note that the statistical analyses for microarray RNA data (to be assessed from
biopsy, BALF, and brushing samples at baseline and Week 12/EOT, and from blood sample at 
baseline only) will be described in a separate document.
2.6.1.2.5 Proteins
Following proteins will be measured:

In brushing at baseline and Week 12/EOT: 15-LO1, GPX4, LC3, iNOS, DUOX2, FOXA3. 
The value of the protein expression will be background-subtracted and normalized to 
GAPDH by the vendor.

In BALF at baseline and Week 12/EOT: Periostin, Eotaxin-3, MCP-4, TARC, and the 
following cytokines: IL-6, IFN-γ, TNF-α.
Of note, blood urea nitrogen and BALF urea at the corresponding timepoints will be used 
to correct the protein levels by the dilution factor, i.e., the concentrations will be 
multiplied by the following factor:
BALF urea
Blood urea nitrogen  before analysis.

In blood at baseline, Weeks 6 and 12/EOT: Periostin, Eotaxin-3, MCP-4, TARC, PARC, 
ECP, Total IgE and regional specific IgE panels (see Appendix C for the list of the
regional specific IgE panels, assessed at Visit 2 and Week 12/EOT only) and the following 
cytokines: IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-13, IFN-γ, TNF-α
The absolute and percent changes from baseline in concentration levels will be analyzed as 
exploratory endpoints.
2.6.1.3
Additional endpoints
FeNO is planned to be assessed at Visit 1 and 2 (screening), Week 6, Week 8, Week 10, Week 
12/EOT, and for patients who do not enter the OLE, at EOS.
FeNO will be analyzed as raw data, absolute and percent change from baseline at each visit. 
Average FeNO from Week 6 to Week 12/EOT will also be computed for each patient; missing 
values will not be imputed and the average will be calculated whatever the number of missing 
data; the corresponding change from baseline will be derived.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 28
If missing interim FeNO values (Week 6, Week 8, or Week 10), the graphical summaries of the 
missing patterns may be provided to examine if there is any different missing pattern between 
treatment groups.
The following endpoints will be considered as additional PD endpoints for the study:

Absolute and percent change from baseline in FeNO at Week 12/EOT

Absolute change from baseline in the averaged FeNO from Week 6 to Week 12/EOT
No imputation of missing data will be performed.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 29
Table 5 – Overview of the bronchoscopy and blood biomarkers assessed by matrix, technique and 
type of biomarkers
Bronchoscopy (baseline and Wk 12/EOT)
Blood (baseline, Wk 6, 
Wk12/EOT)
Biopsy
(6-8 
fragments/visit)
Brushing
(4-6 
samples/visit)
BALF
(4 x 50 mL/visit)
Immuno-
histochemistry / 
Immuno-
cytochemistry
Eosinophils (MBP)a
Mast cellsa(Tryptase, 
Chymase)
T lymphocytes (CD3)a
T helper cells (CD4)a
Goblet cells (MUC5)a
B cells (CD23)a
Eosinophils (MBP)e
Mast cellse (Tryptase)
Macrophagese
(CD206, CD68)
B cells (CD23)e
Eosinophils (MBP)e
Mast cellse (Tryptase)
Macrophagese
(CD206, CD68)
B cells (CD23)e
-
Histology/cytology
Subepithelial thicknessb
-
Differential cell countc
Differential cell countf
(baseline, Wk 12/EOT)
RNA
RT-qPCR panelg
Microarrayi
RT-qPCR panelg
Microarrayi
RT-qPCR panelg
Microarrayi
RT-qPCR panelg (baseline 
only)
Microarray (baseline only)i
Proteins
-
Th2 panel: 15-LO1, 
GPX4, LC3, iNOS, 
DUOX2, FOXA3h
Periostin
Eotaxin-3
MCP-4
TARC
Cytokines : IL-6, 
IFN-γ, TNF-α
Periostin
Eotaxin-3
MCP-4
TARC
PARC
ECP
Total IgE and regional 
specific IgE panelsd
Cytokines : IL-4, IL-5, IL-6,
IL-13, IFN-γ, TNF-α
a
Following parameters are provided by the lab : total area of tissue assessed, total positive area, number of positive cells; all assessments 
made in triplicate
b
Following parameters are provided by the lab: Number of tissue fragments in parafin-embedded block, total area of tissue measured, total 
length of epithelium assessed, area of smooth muscle, thickness of basement membrane in 3 locations; all assessments made in triplicate
c
Following parameters are provided by the lab: Total cell counts as well as neutrophil, eosinophil, lymphocyte, macrophage, epithelial, mast 
cell counts
d
See Appendix C for the list of regional specific IgE panels; assessed at Visit 2 and Week 12/EOT only
e
Following parameters are provided by the lab: absolute cell number, absolute number of stained cells, total number of inflammatory cells
f
Part of the standard White Blood Cell differential cell count: total white blood cell count, neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, monocytes and 
lymphocytes
g
See Appendix D for the panel of Th2-related genes tested
h
The value of protein expression will be standardized and background-subtracted
i
Details about µarray data as well as their statistical analyses will be provided in a separate statistical analysis plan
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 30
2.6.2
Description of the analyses
Bronchoscopy biomarkers will be analyzed on the bronchoscopy PD population and blood 
biomarkers and FeNO on the secondary PD population.
2.6.2.1
Bronchoscopy procedure
The following numbers and % of patients from the bronchoscopy PD population will be provided 
by treatment group and by visit:

Patients with a bronchoscopy performed.

Patients with a biopsy collected.

Patients with a biopsy evaluable.

Patients with a BALF sample collected.

Patients with a BALF sample evaluable.

Patients with a brushing sample collected.

Patients with a brushing sample evaluable.
The location of the biopsy, the BALF sample and the brushing sample (right upper lobe, right 
middle lobe, right lower lobe, left lower lobe, lingula, left upper lobe) will be also summarized by 
treatment group and visit.
For the biopsy samples, descriptive statistics (mean, SD, standard error of the mean [SEM], 
median, Q1, Q3, and range) of the total area of tissue assessed (averaged across the triplicate 
measurement) will be provided by treatment group and by visit.
2.6.2.2
Descriptive statistics
The descriptive statistics (mean, SD, SEM, median, Q1, Q3, and range) for all biomarkers
collected, as well as for the main, exploratory and additional PD endpoints, will be provided by 
treatment and time point on raw data, absolute changes and percent changes from baseline. The 
number of imputed values will also be presented when applicable. The descriptive statistics may 
also be further sub-grouped by region or ICS if need be.
Boxplots will also be provided by treatment and time point. Time profile plots of raw data, 
absolute and percent change from baseline and ratio from baseline (mean ± SEM and/or median 
with interquartile range) will also be produced by treatment group when applicable.
For each type of inflammatory cell in the biopsy, BALF (measured by ICC or cytology) and 
brushing samples, the number and % of patients with no positive cell and those with positive cells
will be also provided by treatment group and visit. The number and % of patients with no positive 
cell and those with positive cells at Week 12/EOT will be also provided according to the baseline 
status (with or without positive cell), by treatment group.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 31
Note about allergen-specific IgE measures
The descriptive statistics for regional specific IgEs at each visits and corresponding plots will be 
performed only on patients who are sensitized to the specific allergen at baseline using two 
thresholds:

Positive baseline result, ie, ≥ 0.35 IU/mL.

Baseline result above the LLOQ, ie, ≥ 0.1 IU/mL.
2.6.2.3
Main analysis: pharmacodynamic analyses
The objective of the PD analyses is to compare the post-baseline levels of biomarkers between 
dupilumab and placebo.
Analysis of the main PD endpoints
For each inflammatory cell measured in biopsy samples by IHC, a formal statistical modeling will 
be performed on both absolute change from baseline and ratio from baseline for the number of 
positive cells/mm² as well as for the two other ratios defined on goblet cells:

The absolute change from baseline will be compared at Week 12/EOT between dupilumab 
and placebo using a linear fixed-effect model using SAS© Mixed procedure, with
treatment, region and ICS dose level as fixed effects, and the baseline value as continuous 
covariate. The difference between dupilumab and placebo in least square (LS) mean 
change from baseline, the corresponding two-sided 90% confidence interval (CI), and 
p-values will be reported.

The ratio from baseline will be first log-transformed; the log of the ratio will be compared 
at Week 12/EOT between both treatment groups using a linear fixed effect model using 
SAS© Mixed procedure, with treatment, region and ICS dose level as fixed effects, and
the log of the baseline value as continuous covariate. Estimates and 90% CIs for the 
geometric mean of the ratio between treatments and p-values will be obtained by 
computing estimates and 90% CIs for the differences between LS-means within the linear 
fixed-effect model framework, and then converting to ratios by the antilog transformation.
The analysis of the residuals will be primarily based on plots of studentized residuals. In case of 
major deviation to the statistical assumptions (normality of the distribution for instance), a rank-
based analysis of covariance (rank ANCOVA) model adjusted for baseline, region and ICS dose 
will be used instead to compare the main PD endpoints between dupilumab and placebo. P-values 
comparing the treatment groups will be provided. In case of convergence issues and given the low 
sample size, some fixed effects (e.g., region, ICS dose) might be removed from the model.
No imputation will be performed for missing values.
Analysis of the additional PD endpoints
The absolute change from baseline in FeNO will be analyzed using a mixed-effect model with 
repeated measures (MMRM) approach on the secondary PD population. All post-baseline data 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 32
until Week 12/EOT will be taken into account. The model will include the fixed categorical 
effects of treatment group (dupilumab vs placebo), visit and treatment-by-visit interaction, the ICS 
dose and the region, as well as the continuous fixed covariate of baseline FeNO value and the 
baseline FeNO-by-visit interaction. This model will be run using SAS© Mixed procedure with an 
unstructured correlation matrix to model the within-patient errors. Parameters will be estimated 
using restricted maximum likelihood method with the Newton-Raphson algorithm. Denominator 
degrees of freedom will be estimated using Kenward-Roger adjustment. The difference between 
dupilumab and placebo in LS-mean change from baseline at Week 12/EOT, the corresponding 
two-sided 90% CI, and p-values will be reported from this model.
This model will also provide the difference between dupilumab and placebo in LS-mean change 
from baseline in average FeNO from 6-12 weeks, using appropriate contrast. The difference in LS 
mean change from baseline, the corresponding 90% CI and p-values will be reported.
A similar model will be applied to the percent change from baseline in FeNo, and the difference 
between dupilumab and placebo in LS-mean percent change from baseline at Week 12/EOT, the 
corresponding two-sided 90% CI, and p-values will be reported from this model.
The analysis of the residuals will be primarily based on plots of studentized residuals. In case of 
major deviation to the statistical assumptions (normality of the distribution for instance), other 
approaches might be considered, such as the ANOVA-type or MMRM on transformed data.
If MMRM model fails to achieve convergence due to complexity of model specification, and 
given the low sample size, some fixed effects (e.g., region, ICS dose level) or interactions might 
be removed from the model; other covariance structures may be also tested.
No imputation will be performed for missing values.
Analysis of the exploratory PD endpoints
For biomarkers measured only once post-baseline, a linear fixed-effect model or a rank ANCOVA 
will be performed similarly to the analyses of the main PD endpoints, on the exploratory PD 
endpoints (absolute change from baseline and ratio from baseline for markers measured by ICC in 
BALF and brushing samples, and for different cell counts in BALF; absolute and percent change 
from baseline for the subepithelial thickness and protein levels; change in gene expression).
For biomarkers measured only twice post-baseline (proteins in blood), a MMRM (or other 
statistical approaches in case of deviations to the model assumptions) will be performed similarly 
to the analyses of the additional PD endpoints.
Multiplicity issues
In all statistical models performed, unadjusted (ie, nominal) p-values and p-values adjusted to 
control the false discovery rate (FDR) using the Benjamini-Hochberg procedure (2) at a 10% 
threshold will be systematically presented in all outputs.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 33
The adjustment will be done separately for each of group of biomarkers:

IHC markers in biopsy samples.

ICC markers in BALF samples.

ICC markers in brushing samples.

Subepithelial thickness.

Differential cell counts in BALF.

Differential cell counts in blood.

RNA markers in biopsy.

RNA markers in BALF.

RNA markers in brushing.

Proteins in BALF.

Proteins in brushing.

Proteins in blood.

FeNO.
All the p-values coming from the statistical analyses performed on the corresponding PD 
endpoints (for absolute change from baseline and ratio from baseline, for all types of markers 
within a group) will be taken into account for the multiplicity adjustment. 
2.6.2.4
Correlation analyses between PD variables at baseline
Following analyses will be performed using all pooled groups.
Spearman’s correlation coefficients and the corresponding nominal p-values will be computed 
between each pair of biomarkers at baseline and presented graphically using a heatmap. In 
addition, a correlation network (using Cytoscape© software) will be produced in order to 
represent the interaction between biomarkers. Scatter plots might be produced for selected 
parameters
Hierarchical clustering (based on Spearman’s dissimilarity and Ward aggregation method) will be 
also performed for each different set of biomarkers (IHC markers in biopsy sample, ICC markers 
in BALF, etc.) and overall. A heatmap of each correlation matrix and overall will be represented, 
and based on the clustering, groups of similar biomarkers may be identified.
In particular, these analyses will enable to understand the correlations of eosinophil counts 
between the 4 matrices (tissue biopsy, BALF, brushings and blood).
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 34
2.6.2.5
Correlation analysis between PD variables at baseline and baseline 
characteristics
Following analyses will be performed using all pooled groups.
Spearman’s correlation coefficients between all PD variables at baseline and quantitative baseline 
characteristics (demographics, disease characteristics in particular spirometry data) and the 
corresponding nominal p-values will be computed. Bar charts plots of the biomarker value at 
baseline according to qualitative baseline characteristics (eg, gender, BMI group) may also be 
generated.
2.6.2.6
Correlation analysis between change from baseline in PD biomarkers and change 
from baseline in efficacy data at Week 12/EOT
Following analyses will be performed separately by treatment group using the following efficacy 
parameters (see Section 2.7 for the definition of parameters):

Change from baseline in pre-bronchodilator FEV1 and post-BD FEV1 at Week 12/EOT

Absolute and percent change from baseline in FeNO at Week 12/EOT
Spearman’s correlation coefficients and the corresponding nominal p-values will be computed 
between absolute and percent change from baseline at Week 12/EOT in all biomarkers and change 
from baseline in efficacy parameter at the same visit. Scatter plots will also be provided for 
selected PD parameters.
2.6.2.7
Specific analyses on eosinophil data
Following correlation analyses will be performed separately by treatment group, similar to what is 
described in Section 2.6.2.6:

Correlations between absolute change from baseline in eosinophils at Week 12/EOT in 
tissue biopsy, brushing, BALF and blood samples.

Correlations between percent change from baseline in eosinophils at Week 12/EOT in 
tissue biopsy, brushing, BALF and blood samples.
In addition, the following descriptive statistics will be provided, by treatment group and by 
change in blood eosinophils (>0 or ≤0) at W12/EOT:

N(%) of patients presenting a >0 or ≤0 change from baseline at W12/EOT in eosinophils 
in biopsy, brushing and BALF samples.

Descriptive statistics of change from baseline at W12/EOT in eosinophils in biopsy, 
brushing and BALF samples.
Following correlations with FeNo will be also performed:
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 35

Correlation between absolute change from baseline in eosinophils at Week 12/EOT in vs 
the absolute change from baseline in FeNO at the same visit, separately for each matrix
(blood, biopsy, brushing and BALF).

Correlation between percent change from baseline in eosinophils at Week 12/EOT in vs 
the percent change from baseline in FeNO at the same visit, separately for each matrix
(blood, biopsy, brushing and BALF).
2.6.2.8
Exploratory predictive/prognostic analyses on change from baseline in efficacy 
data
Univariate analyses
For each biomarker, the prognostic and predictive effects of baseline biomarker on change from 
baseline in efficacy parameters described in Section 2.6.2.6 at Week 12/EOT will be explored,
using a linear fixed effect model, with treatment group, region, ICS dose as fixed effects, baseline 
biomarker and baseline efficacy parameters as continuous covariates, and baseline biomarker-by-
treatment group interaction; unadjusted p-values for the baseline biomarker effect (prognostic 
effect) as well as the for the interaction (predictive effect) will be reported; adjusted p-values for 
FDR will be also presented (the adjustment will be done for each of type of biomarkers). The 
biomarkers that will be considered are the main and exploratory PD endpoints.
In case of convergence issues and given the low sample size, some fixed effects (e.g., region, ICS 
dose) might be removed from the model.
Similar analyses may be performed using binary expression of the biomarker at baseline (high vs 
low according to LLN or < vs ≥ median overall groups).
Multivariate analyses
If some biomarkers show up to be potentially prognostic/predictive in the previous univariate 
analyses (using change from baseline in efficacy parameters as defined in Section 2.6.2.6), 
exploratory multivariate analyses will be performed in order to identify predictive biomarkers and 
subgroups of patients with enhanced treatment effect. Following analyses may be conducted:

Linear regressions with baseline levels of several biomarkers as covariates.

Linear regression with the combination of 2 biomarkers defined as binary criteria as 
covariate.
A proper cross-validation scheme including the univariate selection step will be put in place to 
estimate the generalization error of the model.
2.7
ANALYSIS OF EFFICACY VARIABLES
2.7.1
Parameters
All efficacy parameters are exploratory and include:
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 36

Disease-specific efficacy measures: spirometry, asthma control questionnaire 5-question 
version (ACQ5) score.

Disease-specific, daily efficacy assessment.
2.7.1.1
Disease-specific efficacy measures
Spirometry
Spirometry will be done in accordance with meets the 2005 American Thoracic Society (ATS) / 
European Respiratory Society (ERS) guidelines at screening, Week 2, 4, 6, 8, and 12/EOT, and 
for patients who do not rollover to the OLE study, Week 14, 18 and 24/EOS. Details about 
spirometry testing procedure are provided in protocol (section 9.3.1.1).
The exploratory endpoints for spirometry are the following ones:

Absolute change from baseline in pre-BD FEV1 at Weeks 2, 4, 6, 8 and 12/EOT,

Percent change from baseline in pre-BD FEV1 at Weeks 2, 4, 6, 8 and 12/ EOT,

Absolute change from baseline in other lung function measurements (post-BD FEV1, % 
predicted FEV1, forced vital capacity [FVC], forced expiratory flow [FEF] 25-75%) at 
Weeks 2, 4, 6, 8 and 12/EOT.
ACQ-5
The ACQ-5 was designed to measure both the adequacy of asthma control and change in asthma
control which occurs either spontaneously or as a result of treatment. The ACQ-5 has 5 questions, 
reflecting the top-scoring five asthma symptoms: woken at night by symptoms, wake in the 
mornings with symptoms, limitation of daily activities, shortness of breath and wheeze. Patients 
are asked to recall how their asthma has been during the previous week and to respond to the 
symptom questions on a 7-point scale (0=no impairment, 6= maximum impairment; see Appendix 
E).
A global score is calculated: the questions are equally weighted and the ACQ-5 score is the mean
of the 5 questions and, therefore, between 0 (totally controlled) and 6 (severely uncontrolled).
Higher score indicates lower asthma control. Patients with a score below 1.0 reflect adequately
controlled asthma and patients with scores above 1.0 reflect inadequately controlled asthma. On
the 7-point scale of the ACQ-5, a change or difference in score of 0.5 is the smallest change that
can be considered clinically important, corresponding to the Minimal Clinically Important
Difference (MCID) defined by the developer.
Based on the manual of ACQ (3), any more than one missing value is not acceptable. If more than
one of the questions have missing value, the global score is invalid and will be considered as 
missing. If only one question has missing score, it will be imputed (pro-rated) using the completed
questionnaires from the previous visit. For instance, answer to question 5 is missing at Visit 2, and 
all questions are completed at Visit 1. Then the question 5 score at Visit 2 is imputed as: (sum of 
score at Visit 2/sum of scores excluding question 5 at Visit 1) × score of question 5 at Visit 1. If 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 37
the questionnaire from the previous visit is not complete either, the missing value will be imputed 
as the average of the completed questions within the current visit.
The exploratory endpoints for ACQ5 are the following ones:

Absolute change from baseline in ACQ5 score at Weeks 4, 8, 12/EOT, 16 and EOS.
2.7.1.2
Disease-specific, daily efficacy assessment
On a daily basis throughout the study, the patient uses an electronic diary / PEF meter to:

Measure morning and evening PEF,

Indicate the number of inhalations/day of salbutamol/albuterol or,
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for symptom relief,

Record the number of inhalations/day of background product used,

Record oral steroids use after bronchoscopy and for exacerbation event.
At screening (Visit 1), patients will be issued an electronic diary/PEF. Patients will be instructed
on the use of the device, and written instructions on the use of the electronic PEF meter will be
provided to the patients. In addition, the investigator will instruct the patients on how to record the 
following variables in the electronic PEF meter:

AM PEF performed within 15 minutes after arising (between 5:30 AM and 12:00 PM) 
prior to taking any albuterol/salbutamol or levalbuterol/levosalbutamol,

PM PEF performed in the evening (between 5:30 PM and 12:00 AM) prior to taking any
albuterol/salbutamol or levalbuterol/levosalbutamol,

Patients should try to withhold albuterol/salbutamol or levalbuterol/levosalbutamol for at 
least 6 hours prior to measuring their PEF,

Three PEF efforts will be performed by the patient; all 3 values will be recorded by the 
electronic PEF meter, and the highest value will be used for evaluation.
Baseline AM PEF will be the mean AM measurement recorded for the 7 days prior to Visit 2, and 
baseline PM PEF will be the mean PM measurement recorded for the 7 days prior to Visit 2.
There should be at least 4 days’ measurement out of the 7 days for setting up the period stability 
limit/baseline, and the first dosing visit should be rescheduled until data for 4 days are available. 
In case less than 4 days’ measurement is available during the 7 days prior to randomization, the 
baseline AM/PM PEF is the mean of the 4 AM/PM PEF prior to and closest to randomization 
during the whole screening period. For the daily measurements, calculation of periodical average 
specified in Section 2.11.3 will be implemented.
Period stability limit is defined as the respective mean AM or PM PEF obtained over the last 
7 days prior to Visit 2.
The exploratory endpoints for AM/PM PEF are the following ones:
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 38

Absolute change from baseline in morning [AM]/evening [PM] peak expiratory flow 
[PEF] at Weeks 2, 4, 6, 8 and 12.
2.7.2
Analyses
The change from baseline in efficacy parameters will be analyzed using a MMRM approach based 
on the secondary PD population. All on-treatment data until Week 12/EOT will be taken into 
account, i.e., data measured before or on the last IMP date + 14 days. The model will include the 
fixed categorical effects of treatment group (dupilumab vs placebo), visit and treatment-by-visit
interaction, the ICS dose level and the region, as well as the continuous fixed covariate of baseline 
efficacy endpoint and the baseline-by-visit interaction. This model will be run using SAS© Mixed 
procedure with an unstructured correlation matrix to model the within-patient errors. Parameters 
will be estimated using restricted maximum likelihood method with the Newton-Raphson 
algorithm. Denominator degrees of freedom will be estimated using Kenward-Roger adjustment. 
The between-group difference (dupilumab vs placebo) in LS-mean change from baseline at each 
visit the corresponding two-sided 90% CI, and p-values will be reported from this model.
If MMRM model fails to achieve convergence due to complexity of model specification, and 
given the low sample size, some fixed effects or interactions might be removed from the model; 
other covariance structures may be also tested.
No imputation will be performed for the MMRM model. 
2.8
ANALYSIS OF SAFETY DATA
All safety analyses will be performed on the safety population, unless otherwise specified.
The safety analysis will be based on the reported adverse events and other safety information, 
such as clinical laboratory data, vital signs, ECG and physical examination. 
All safety endpoints are considered as additional endpoints in this study.
Observation period
The observation period will be divided into 4 epochs:

The screening epoch is defined as the time from the signed informed consent date up to 
the time prior to the first administration of the IMP.

The treatment epoch is defined as the time from the first administration of the IMP to the 
last administration of the IMP + 14 days or until rollover to the OLE study.

The residual treatment epoch is defined as the time from the last administration of the 
IMP + 15 days to the last administration of the IMP + 98 days or until rollover to the OLE 
study.

The posttreatment epoch is defined as the period of time starting the day after the end of 
the treatment-emergent adverse event period up to the end of the study (defined as last 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 39
protocol planned visit or the resolution/stabilization of all serious adverse events and 
adverse events of special interest).
The treatment-emergent adverse event (TEAE) period will include both treatment and residual 
treatment periods.
The on-study observation period is defined as the time from start of treatment until the end of the 
study (defined as last protocol planned visit or lost to follow-up or the resolution/stabilization of
all serious adverse events and adverse events of special interest).
The summary of safety results will be presented by treatment group. 
General common rules

The baseline value is defined as the last available value before the first dose of IMP.

The analysis of the safety variables will be essentially descriptive and no systematic 
testing is planned.

All safety values will be assigned to the theoretical visit; unscheduled visit measurements 
will be included in the computation of baseline if occurred before the 1st IMP and will be 
taken into account in the PCSAs analyses, but will not be included in any by-visit 
summaries or statistical models (only scheduled values will be taken into account).
General common rules related to PCSA for clinical laboratory evaluations, vital signs, and 
ECG

The potentially clinically significant abnormality (PCSA) values are defined as abnormal 
values considered medically important by the Sponsor according to predefined 
criteria/thresholds based on literature review and defined by the Sponsor for clinical 
laboratory tests, vital signs, and ECG (Appendix F).

PCSA criteria will determine which patients has at least 1 PCSA during the treatment-
emergent adverse event period, taking into account all evaluations performed during the 
treatment-emergent adverse event period, including nonscheduled or repeated evaluations. 
The number of all such patients will be the numerator for the on-treatment PCSA 
percentage.  

The treatment-emergent PCSA denominator by group for a given parameter will be based 
on the number of patients assessed for that given parameter in the treatment-emergent 
adverse event period by treatment group on the safety population. Number (%) of patients 
with at least 1 PCSA will be summarized regardless of baseline PCSA status and also by 
baseline PCSA status.

For quantitative safety parameters based on central laboratory/reading measurements, 
descriptive statistics will be used to summarize results and change from baseline values by 
visit and treatment group. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 40
2.8.1
Analysis of adverse events
2.8.1.1
Definitions
Adverse event observation period:

Pretreatment adverse events are adverse events that developed or worsened or became 
serious from the signed informed consent date up to the first administration of IMP.

TEAEs are adverse events that developed or worsened or became serious during the TEAE 
period. 

Posttreatment adverse events are adverse events that developed or worsened or became 
serious during the posttreatment period.
All AEs (including serious adverse events and adverse events of special interests) will be coded 
with a lower-level term (LLT), PT, high-level term (HLT), high-level group term (HLGT), and 
associated primary SOC using the version of MedDRA currently in effect at Sanofi at the time of 
database lock.
Adverse events of special interest (AESI) and other selected AE groupings will be searched based 
on the criteria detailed in Table 6.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 41
Table 6 - Criteria for adverse events of special interest and other selected AE groupings
AE Grouping
Criteria
AESI
Anaphylactic reaction
Anaphylactic reaction algorithmic approach (Introductory Guide for 
Standardised MedDRA Queries (SMQs) Version 18.1): includes anaphylactic 
reaction narrow SMQ (20000021) terms; for selection based on occurrence of 
multiple events, the events must have occurred within 24 hours of each other
Hypersensitivity (medically reviewed)
SMQ hypersensitivity (20000214) narrow search and [AE corrective 
treatment/therapy=’Y’ or Action taken with IMP=’Drug withdrawn’ or Action 
taken with IMP=’Drug interrupted’] followed by blinded medical review 
(documented process) for selection of relevant events
Serious injection site reactions or severe 
injection site reactions that last longer than 
24 hours 
HLT = ‘Injection site reaction’ and either with serious status, or with
severe status and (AE end date/time - AE start date/time) ≥ 24 hours or 
ongoing
Severe or serious infection
Primary SOC = ‘Infections and infestations’ and with severe or
serious status
Parasitic infection
Infection Type ‘Parasitic’ checked on eCRF Infection Defined as AESI 
Complementary Form
Opportunistic infection
Infection Type ‘Opportunistic’ checked on eCRF Infection Defined as AESI 
Complementary Form
Drug-related hepatic disorder
Drug-related hepatic disorders-Comprehensive search narrow SMQ 
(20000006)
Pregnancy
Primary SOC = ‘Pregnancy, puerperium and perinatal conditions’ or PT in 
(Aborted pregnancy, False negative pregnancy test, Pregnancy test positive, 
Pregnancy test urine positive, Ectopic pregnancy termination)
Symptomatic overdose with IMP
Is the event a Symptomatic Overdose with IMP? is answered Yes on AE 
eCRF.
Symptomatic overdose with non-IMP
Is the event a Symptomatic Overdose with non-IMP? is answered Yes on AE 
eCRF
Other selected AE grouping
Injection site reaction 
HLT = ‘Injection site reaction’ 
Malignancy
Sub-SMQ (20000091)– Malignant or unspecified tumors
Suicidal behavior
PT in (Completed suicide, Suicidal ideation, Depression suicidal, Suicidal 
behavior, Suicide attempt)
Partner pregnancy
PT in (Pregnancy of partner, Miscarriage of partner)
Conjunctivitis (narrow)
PT in (Conjunctivitis, Conjunctivitis allergic, Conjunctivitis bacterial, 
Conjunctivitis viral, Atopic keratoconjunctivitis)
Conjunctivitis (broad)
PT in (Conjunctivitis, Conjunctivitis allergic, Conjunctivitis bacterial, 
Conjunctivitis viral, Atopic keratoconjunctivitis, Blepharitis, Dry eye, Eye 
irritation, Eye pruritus, Lacrimation increased, Eye discharge, Foreign body 
sensation in eyes, Photophobia, Xerophthalmia, Ocular hyperaemia, 
Conjunctival hyperaemia)
Eosinophilia
HLT = ‘Eosinophilic disorders’ or PT = ‘Eosinophil count increased’
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 42
2.8.1.2
General information
The primary focus of adverse event reporting will be on TEAEs. Pretreatment adverse events will 
be described separately. 
If an adverse event date/time of onset (occurrence, worsening, or becoming serious) is incomplete, 
an imputation algorithm will be used to classify the adverse event as pretreatment or treatment-
emergent. The algorithm for imputing date/time of onset will be conservative and will classify an 
adverse event as treatment emergent unless there is definitive information to determine it is 
pretreatment. Details on classification of adverse events with missing or partial onset dates are 
provided in Section 2.11.5.
Multiple occurrences of the same event in the same patient will be counted only once in the tables 
within a treatment phase. The denominator for computation of percentages is the safety population 
within each treatment group. Sorting will be based on results for the dupilumab group.
2.8.1.3
Treatment-emergent adverse events
The following treatment-emergent adverse event summaries will be generated for the safety 
population.

Overview of TEAEs, summarizing number (%) of patients with any
-
Treatment-emergent adverse event.
-
Serious treatment-emergent adverse event.
-
Treatment-emergent adverse event leading to death.
-
Treatment-emergent adverse event leading to permanent treatment discontinuation.

All TEAEs by primary SOC, showing number (%) of patients with at least 1 TEAE, sorted 
by internationally agreed order of primary SOC.

Number (%) of patients experiencing TEAE(s) presented by PT, sorted by decreasing 
incidence of PT.

All TEAEs by primary SOC and PT, showing the number (%) of patients with at least 
1 TEAE, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC order and by decreasing incidence of 
PTs within each SOC.  

All TEAEs by maximal intensity, presented by primary SOC and PT, showing the number 
(%) of patients with at least 1 TEAE by severity (i.e., mild, moderate, or severe), sorted by 
the internationally agreed SOC order and by decreasing incidence of PTs within each 
SOC.

All TEAEs regardless of relationship and related to IMP by primary SOC and PT, showing 
the number (%) of patients with at least 1 TEAE, sorted by the internationally agreed SOC 
order and by decreasing incidence of PTs within each SOC.

A listing of all treatment-emergent adverse events will be presented.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 43
2.8.1.4
Treatment-emergent adverse event(s) leading to permanent treatment 
discontinuation or drug interruption
A listing of all treatment-emergent adverse events leading to permanent treatment discontinuation 
or drug interruption will be presented
2.8.1.5
Adverse events of special interests and other selected AE groupings

All AESIs by selected standardized MedDRA query (SMQ) and PT or by laboratory 
values (as in ALT elevation), showing the number (%) of patients with at least 1 PT, 
sorted by decreasing incidence of PTs within each SMQ

For each pre-specified AESI and selected AE grouping,
-
Number (%) of patients with any specific TEAE.
-
Number (%) of patients with any specific serious AE (regardless of treatment emergent 
status).
-
Number (%) of patients with any specific treatment emergent serious AE.
-
Number (%) of patients with any specific AE leading to death.
-
Number (%) of patients with any specific TEAE leading to permanent study drug 
discontinuation.
-
Number (%) of patients with any specific TEAE by maximum intensity, corrective 
treatment, and final outcome.
-
Number (%) of patients with any specific TEAE regardless of relationship and related
to IMP.
-
All of the specific TEAE, by PT, showing the number (%) of patients, sorted by 
decreasing incidence of PT.

Number (%) of patients with injection site reactions by the related injection.

Number (%) of patients with different numbers of injection site reactions.

A listing of the AEs will be presented.
2.8.1.6
Death and treatment-emergent serious adverse event(s)
A listing of all deaths (whatever the period: on-study, on-treatment and poststudy) and a listing of 
all treatment-emergent serious adverse events (SAE) will be presented.
2.8.1.7
Pretreatment adverse events
A listing of all pretreatment adverse events will be provided.
2.8.2
Clinical laboratory evaluations
Parameters
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 44
The clinical laboratory data consists of blood analysis, including hematology, clinical chemistry 
serology, and urinalysis. Clinical laboratory values will be analyzed after conversion into standard 
international units. International units will be used in all listings and tables.
Blood samples for clinical laboratories will be taken at both screening visits, Week 4, Week 8, 
Week 10 (selected parameters, see below), Week 12/EOT, and for patients who do not enter the 
OLE, at Week 16 and EOS.
The laboratory parameters will be classified as follows:

Hematology
-
Red blood cells and platelets and coagulation: hemoglobin, hematocrit, platelet count, 
prothrombin time, partial thromboplastin time (PTT) at Visit 1 only.
-
White blood cells: total white blood cell count with five-part differential count 
(neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, monocytes and lymphocytes), and total red blood 
cell count.

Clinical chemistry
-
Metabolism: glucose, total cholesterol, total protein, creatine phosphokinase.
-
Electrolytes: sodium, potassium, chloride, bicarbonate.
-
Renal function: creatinine, blood urea nitrogen, uric acid.
-
Liver function: alanine aminotransferase (ALT), aspartate aminotransferase (AST), 
alkaline phosphatase, lactate dehydrogenase, total bilirubin (in case of values above 
the normal range, differentiation in conjugated and non-conjugated bilirubin), albumin.
-
Anti-nuclear antibody (ANA) at Visit 1 for all patients and at Week 10 only for 
patients who plans to enter the OLE. 
-
Anti-ds DNA antibody will be tested if ANA is positive (≥1:160 titer).
-
Pregnancy test: serum β-human chorionic gonadotropin will be performed at screening 
(Visit 1) in women of childbearing potential.
-
Hepatitis and HIV screen: At Visit 1 (screening) and at Week 10 only for patients 
planned to enter the OLE). Screen includes: hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg), 
hepatitis B surface antibody (HBsAb), hepatitis B core antibody (HBcAb [total and 
IgM]) and hepatitis C virus antibodies (HCV Ab), HIV screen (Anti-HIV-1 and HIV-2 
antibodies). Patients who are Total-HBcAb positive and HBsAg negative at Visit 1 
must undergo HBV DNA testing prior to randomization to determine eligibility. In 
case of results showing HCV Ab positive, HCV RNA testing must be performed prior 
to randomization to determine eligibility. At Visit 8, the follow-up testing noted above 
(HBV DNA or HCV RNA) must be done as needed to determine eligibility for the 
OLE study.
Urine samples will be collected as follows:

Urinalysis: Performed at both screening visits, Week 12/EOT, anf for patients who do not 
enter the OLE, EOS. Urine dipstick analysis includes specific gravity, pH, glucose, 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 45
ketones, blood, protein, nitrate, leukocyte esterase, urobilinogen and bilirubin. A 
quantitative measurement for glucose, protein, erythrocytes, and leucocytes will be 
performed in the event that the urine dipstick is positive for any of the above parameters. 
If the urine dipstick is positive for proteins, a microscopic analysis will be performed.

A urine dipstick pregnancy test will be performed at Day 1 prior to randomization, Week 
4, Week 8, optional Visit 8.1 (Week 12), Week 12/EOT, Week 16, and EOS.
Analyses
The summary statistics (including number, mean, median, Q1, Q3, standard deviation, minimum 
and maximum) of all laboratory variables (central laboratory values and changes from baseline) 
will be calculated for each visit or study assessment (baseline and each post-baseline time point) 
by treatment group. For eosinophils and liver function tests (AST, ALT, alkaline phosphatase, and 
total bilirubin), mean changes from baseline with the corresponding SEM will be plotted over 
time in each treatment group. This section will be organized by biological function as specified 
above.
The incidence of PCSAs (list provided in Appendix F) at any time during the TEAE period will 
be summarized by biological function and by treatment group whatever the baseline level and/or 
according to the following baseline status categories:

Normal/missing.

Abnormal according to PCSA criterion or criteria.
For parameters for which no PCSA criteria are defined, similar table(s) using the normal range 
will be provided. 
For PCSA analyses, the laboratory measurements obtained at either scheduled or unscheduled 
visits should be used; and, both the centralized and local test results should be used, as long as 
their available dates/time is different from each other’s. Centralized data will be used 
preferentially to the local measures in the PCSA analyses when measurements are performed on 
the same date and at the same time for a given laboratory test.
A listing of PCSAs will be provided. 
Drug-induced liver injury
If there is any imbalance in the incidence of liver-related adverse events across the treatment 
groups, analysis of liver-related adverse events will be performed.
The liver function tests (LFT), namely AST, ALT, alkaline phosphatase, and total bilirubin, are 
used to assess possible drug-induced liver toxicity. The proportion of patients with PCSA values 
at any post-baseline visit by baseline status will be displayed by treatment group for each 
parameter. The proportion of patients with PCSA values at any post baseline visit may be 
displayed by duration of exposure for each treatment group.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 46
Listing of possible Hy’s law cases identified by treatment group (eg, patients with any elevated
ALT>3 x ULN, and associated with an increase in bilirubin ≥2 x ULN) with ALT, AST, alkaline 
phosphatase, total bilirubin, and the following complementary parameters: conjugated bilirubin 
and creatine phosphokinase, serum creatinine, complete blood count, HCV RNA.
The normalization by parameter (to ≤1 x ULN or return to baseline) of elevated liver function 
tests will be summarized by categories of elevation (>3 x, 5 x, 10 x, 20 x ULN for ALT and AST, 
>1.5 x ULN for alkaline phosphatase, and >1.5 x and 2 x ULN for total bilirubin), with the 
following categories of normalization: never normalized, normalized despite treatment 
continuation of IMP, or normalized after IMP discontinuation. Note that a patient will be counted 
only under the maximum elevation category.
Change in Blood Eosinophil
Mean (± SEM) and median (with the interquartile range) changes from baseline in eosinophil with 
the corresponding standard error will be plotted over time in each treatment group for patients 
with baseline blood eosinophil < 0.5 Giga/L and patients with baseline blood eosinophil 
≥0.5 Giga/L.
Number (%) of patients with post-baseline peak blood eosinophil ≥ 1 Giga/L, ≥ 3 Giga/L and 
≥5 Giga/L will also be summarized in each treatment group and by baseline blood eosinophil 
status (All, <0.5 Giga/L, ≥ 0.5 Giga/L). A similar table will be produced using the following 
thresholds ≥ 0.5 Giga/L, ≥ 1 Giga/L, ≥ 3 Giga/L and ≥ 5 Giga/L for baseline and post-baseline 
assessments.
A summary of number (%) of patients with maximum change from baseline in blood eosinophil 
≤0.5 Giga/L, >0.5 - ≤1 Giga/L or >1 Giga/L will also be provided by treatment group and by 
baseline blood eosinophil level (≤0.5 Giga/L, >0.5 - ≤1 Giga/L, >1 Giga/L).
2.8.3
Vital signs
Vital signs include the systolic and diastolic blood pressure (mmHg), heart rate (beats per minute), 
respiratory rate (breaths per minute) and body temperature (degree Celsius), and will be assessed 
at all scheduled visits except Week 18. Body weight (kg) will be measured at the first screening 
visit, Day 1, Week 12/EOT and EOS.
The summary statistics (including number, mean, SD, median, Q1, Q3, minimum and maximum) 
of all vital signs variables (raw data and changes from baseline) will be calculated for each visit or 
study assessment (baseline and each post-baseline time point) by treatment group. For all 
parameters, mean changes from baseline with the corresponding standard error will be plotted 
over time (at the same time points) in each treatment group. 
The incidence of PCSAs at any time during the TEAE period will be summarized by treatment 
group irrespective of the baseline level and/or according to the following baseline status 
categories:

Normal/missing.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 47

Abnormal according to PCSA criterion or criteria.
A listing of PCSAs will be provided. 
2.8.4
Oxygen saturation
Oxygen saturation (%) will be measured by pulse oximetry before the bronchoscopy procedure 
(ie, at the second visit of screening and Week 12/EOT) to ensure patient suitability.
The summary statistics (including number, mean, SD, median, Q1, Q3, minimum and maximum) 
for raw data and changes from baseline will be calculated for each visit by treatment group.
2.8.5
Electrocardiogram
Quantitative parameters
A single standard 12-lead ECG will be performed at Screening, Day 1 and Week 12/EOT, and
centrally read by an ECG core lab. The following parameters will be received from the ECG core 
lab and will be analyzed: RR interval (msec), HR (beats/min), PR interval (msec), QRS interval
(msec), QT interval (msec), heart-rate corrected QT interval (msec) using Bazett’s (QTcB) and 
Fridericia’s formula (QTcF), and QRS axis (degrees).
The summary statistics (including number, mean, SD, median, Q1, Q3, minimum and maximum) 
of all quantitative ECG variables (raw data and absolute changes from baseline), except RR 
interval, will be calculated for each visit or study assessment (baseline, each post-baseline time 
point) by treatment group.
The incidence of PCSAs at any time during the TEAE period will be summarized by treatment 
group irrespective of the baseline and/or according to the following baseline status categories:

Normal/missing.

Abnormal according to PCSA criterion or criteria.
A listing of PCSAs will be provided. A separate listing of patients with QTcB/QTcF >480 ms 
and/or change from baseline in QTcB/QTcF >60 ms will also be provided, using all post-dose 
timepoints.
Qualitative ECG findings
The incidence of qualitative findings by the ECG core lab will be summarized by treatment group, 
separately for ECGs done prior the first dosing and for ECGs done after, for all assessments done 
during the TEAE period. These findings will include:

The overall ECG conclusion (Normal ECG; Abnormal ECG, clinically insignificant; 
Abnormal ECG, potentially clinically significant; ECG unable to evaluate; ECG unable to 
evaluate but measurements provided are correct).
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 48

All findings sorted by category of finding (rhythm, supraventricular arrhythmias, 
ventricular arrhythmias, AV conduction, intraventricular conduction, axis and voltage, 
chamber hypertrophy and enlargement, ST-T abnormalities, ischemia and infarction, 
technical statements) and finding (refer to the ECG manual for further details about the 
findings).
2.9
ANALYSIS OF PHARMACOKINETIC DATA
All endpoints in this section are considered as additional endpoints in the study.
2.9.1
Dupilumab concentration analysis in serum
Concentrations of dupilumab in serum will be measured at Day 1 predose, Week 2, Week 6, 
Week 8, Week 12/EOT, and for patients who do not enter the OLE, at Week 18 and EOS.
Concentration will be summarized in the PK population using arithmetic and geometric means, 
SD, SEM, coefficient of variation (CV), minimum, median and maximum per sampling time. 
Values will be expressed in the tables with no more than three significant figures. Mean 
concentrations with the corresponding standard error will be plotted over time.
See data handling conventions for PK variables in Section 2.11.4.
2.9.2
Anti-drug antibodies analysis
ADA status
Anti-dupilumab antibody status (negative or titer value, if positive in the ADA assay) will be 
assessed at Day 1, Week 12/EOT, and, for patients who do not enter the OLE, at EOS.
Status in the ADA assay will be classified as the following:
1. Pre-existing immunoreactivity is defined as:
An ADA positive response in the assay at baseline with all post treatment ADA results negative
OR
An ADA positive response at baseline with all post treatment ADA responses less than 4-fold 
over baseline titer levels.
2. Treatment-emergent response is defined as an ADA positive response in the assay post 
first dose, when baseline results are negative or missing.
3. Treatment-boosted response is defined as an ADA positive response in the assay post first 
dose that is greater-than or equal to 4-fold over baseline titer levels, when baseline results 
are positive.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 49
Titer values (titer value category)

Low (Titer < 1000).

Moderate (1000 ≤ Titer ≤ 10000).

High (Titer > 10000).
ADA positive samples will be further characterized for presence of neutralizing antibody (NAb)
response in the NAb assay.
ADA status summary
The following summary will be provided based on the ADA population: 

Number (%) of patients with pre-existing immunoreactivity.

Number (%) of patients with treatment-emergent ADA.

The summary statistics (including number, median, Q1, Q3, minimum and maximum) of 
the peak post-baseline titer for patients with treatment-emergent ADA.

Number (%) of patients with treatment-boosted ADA.

For patients with treatment-boosted ADA:
-
The summary statistics (including number, median, Q1, Q3, minimum and maximum) 
of the peak post-baseline titer.
-
The summary statistics (including number, mean, SD, median, Q1, Q3, minimum and 
maximum) of the ratio of peak post-baseline titer to baseline titer.

Number (%) of patients with NAb status

Listing of ADA peak titer levels and NAb status
Kinetics of treatment-emergent ADA response
Number (%) of patients with treatment-emergent ADA response at each visit will be summarized 
by each treatment group.
Plot of percentage of patients with treatment-emergent ADA response at each visit will be 
provided by each treatment group.
Association of ADA with PD endpoints
Associations between ADA variables and main PD endpoints may be explored if needed. 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 50
2.10
EXPLORATORY PHARMACOKINETIC/PHARMACODYNAMIC ANALYSIS
The PK/PD analysis will be done on the PK/PD population as defined in Section 2.2.5. The 
relationship between dupilumab concentration and selected bronchoscopy biomarkers will be 
explored through scatter plots. A statistical modeling will be performed if relevant. 
2.11
DATA HANDLING CONVENTIONS
2.11.1 General conventions
The following formulas will be used for computation of parameters.
Demographic formulas
Age is calculated as:
Integer part of (informed consent date – birth date)/365.25
Age of onset of asthma is calculated as:
Integer part of (asthma onset date – birth date)/365.25
Due to the Germany regulation, German patients provide the January 1st of birth year, instead of 
standard date birth.  The first date of the birth quarter will be used as birth date approximately. 
Time since first diagnosis of asthma (years) is calculated as:
(Year of randomization – Year of first diagnosis of asthma) + 
(Month of randomization – month of first diagnosis of asthma)/12
Time since cessation of smoking (month) is calculated as:
(Year of randomization – Year of cessation)×12 + (month of randomization – month of cessation)
Time since last asthma exacerbation (months) is calculated as:
(Year of randomization – Year of last asthma exacerbation)×12 +
(Month of randomization – Month of last asthma exacerbation)
BMI is calculated as: Weight in kg/ (height in meters) 2
Smoking quantity (pack-year) is calculated as following:
Number of pack-year = (packs smoked per day) × (years as a smoker) × 365.25
Renal function formulas
For patients ≥ 18 years old, creatinine clearance (CLcr) value will be derived using the equation of 
Cockcroft and Gault:
CLcr (ml/min) = (140 - age) weight (kg)   (1 - 0.15 sex (0-M, 1-F))/ (0.814 creatinine
(μmol/l))
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 51
CLcr will be calculated using the last weight measurement on or before the visit of the creatinine 
measurement and age at the lab sampling date. Here age is calculated as following:
Age = integer part of (lab sampling date - birth date)/365.25
2.11.2 Data handling conventions for PD biomarkers
For biomarkers with nonnumeric values, the imputed values used for the descriptive statistics will 
be determined by considering the following rules:

If database value is < LLOQ, the value used will be LLOQ/2

If database value is > ULOQ, the value used will be the ULOQ
2.11.3 Data handling conventions for efficacy variables
Calculation of salbutamol/albuterol or levosalbutamol/levalbuterol inhalations/day
A diary day is defined as the period beginning with an Evening diary, and ending with the 
following day’s Morning Diary. The number of salbutamol/albuterol or 
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol inhalations per day is the sum of number of inhalations recorded in 
one diary day including the evening diary and the following day’s morning diary. 
Periodical average of daily efficacy endpoints at designated study days
For the daily efficacy endpoints, the time period used to calculate the periodical average at each 
designed study day is summarized in Table 7. Randomization day is used as the reference day 
(Day 1).
Table 7 - Periodical average of daily efficacy assessment
Time point
Morning PEF, 
asthma symptom 
score
Evening PEF, 
asthma symptom 
score
Number of inhalations/day of
salbutamol/albuterol or
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for
symptom relief
Day 15
2-15
1-14
Diary day 1-14
Day 29
16-29
15-28
Diary day 15-28
Day 43
30-43
29-42
Diary day 29-42
Day 57
44-57
43-56
Diary day 43-56
Day 71
58-71
57-70
Diary day 57-70
Day 85
72-85
71-84
Diary day 71-84
Day 99
86-99
85-98
Diary day 85-98
Day 113
100-113
99-112
Diary day 85-112
Day 127
114-127
113-126
Diary day 113-126
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 52
Time point
Morning PEF, 
asthma symptom 
score
Evening PEF, 
asthma symptom 
score
Number of inhalations/day of
salbutamol/albuterol or
levosalbutamol/levalbuterol for
symptom relief
Day 141
128-141
127-140
Diary day 127-140
Day 169
142-169
141-168
Diary day 141-168
Day 183
170-183
169-182
Diary day 169-182
Day 197
184-197
183-196
Diary day 183-196
Note: A diary day is defined as the period beginning with an Evening diary, and ending with the following day’s Morning Diary. For example, diary 
day 14 includes the evening dairy on day 14 and the morning dairy on day 15.
2.11.4 Data handling conventions for pharmacokinetic variables
If date and/or time of the drug injection and/or sampling is missing then the concentration will not 
be taken into account. For drug-treated patients, where concentration values are below the LLOQ, 
LLOQ/2 will be used. Values will be expressed in the tables with no more than three significant 
figures. For patients in the placebo group, concentration values are below the LLOQ will be taken 
into account with a serum concentration considered equal to 0.
2.11.5 Missing data
For categorical variables, patients with missing data are not included in calculations of 
percentages unless otherwise specified. When relevant, the number of patients with missing data 
is presented. 
Handling of computation of treatment duration if investigational medicinal product end of 
treatment date is missing
For the calculation of the treatment duration, the date of the last dose of IMP is equal to the date 
of last administration reported on the Investigational Product Administration report form page. If 
this date is missing, the exposure duration should be left as missing. 
The last dose injection should be clearly identified in the case report form and should not be 
approximated by the last returned package date. 
Handling of medication missing/partial dates
No imputation of medication start/end dates or times will be performed. If a medication date or 
time is missing or partially missing and it cannot be determined whether it was taken prior or 
concomitantly, it will be considered a prior and concomitant medication. 
Handling of adverse events with missing or partial date/time of onset
Missing or partial adverse event onset dates and times will be imputed so that if the partial 
adverse event onset/time information does not indicate that the adverse event started prior to 
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 53
treatment or after the treatment-emergent adverse event period, the adverse event will be 
classified as treatment-emergent. No imputation of adverse event end dates/times will be 
performed. These data imputations are for categorization purpose only and will not be used in 
listings. No imputation is planned for date/time of adverse event resolution.
Handling of adverse events when date and time of first investigational medicinal product 
administration is missing
When the date and time of the first IMP administration is missing, all adverse events that occurred 
on or after the day of randomization should be considered as treatment-emergent adverse events. 
The exposure duration should be kept as missing. 
The last dose injection should be clearly identified in the case report form and should not be 
approximated by the last returned package date. 
Handling of missing assessment of relationship of adverse events to investigational medicinal 
product
If the assessment of the relationship to IMP is missing, then the relationship to IMP has to be 
assumed and the adverse event considered as such in the frequency tables of possibly related 
adverse events, but no imputation should be done at the data level. 
Handling of missing severity of adverse events
If the severity is missing for 1 of the treatment-emergent occurrences of an adverse event, the 
maximal severity on the remaining occurrences will be considered. If the severity is missing for 
all the occurrences, a “missing” category will be added in the summary table. 
Handling of potentially clinically significant abnormalities
If a patient has a missing baseline, he/she will be grouped in the category “normal/missing at 
baseline.”
For PCSAs with 2 conditions, one based on a change from baseline value or a normal range and 
the other on a threshold value, with the first condition being missing, the PCSA will be based only 
on the second condition. 
For a PCSA defined on a threshold and/or a normal range, this PCSA will be derived using this 
threshold if the normal range is missing; e.g., for blood eosinophils the PCSA is >0.5 Giga/L or 
>ULN if ULN ≥ 0.5 Giga/L. When ULN is missing, the value 0.5 should be used. 
Measurements flagged as invalid by the laboratory will not be summarized or taken into account 
in the computation of PCSA values.
Handling of missing date/time for PK analyses
If date and/or time of the drug injection and/or sampling are missing then the concentration will 
not be taken into account.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 54
2.11.6 Statistical technical issues
None.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 55
3
INTERIM ANALYSIS
No interim analysis is planned.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 56
4
SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION
All summaries and statistical analyses will be generated using SAS version 9.4 or higher.
Correlation network will be created using Cytoscape© version 3.6.0 or higher.
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)


Statistical Analysis Plan
09-Apr-2018
SAR231893 (REGN668)-PDY14192 - dupilumab
Version number: 1
Property of the Sanofi Group - strictly confidential
Page 57
5
REFERENCES
1. Brightling, Christopher & Wang, Millie & Braddock, Martin & Nordenmark, Lars & Gottlow, 
Mattis & Colice, Gene. (2015). MESOS: Considerations in designing a mechanistic study for 
a biologic used to treat asthma. Clinical Investigation. 5. 10.4155/cli.15.36
2. Benjamini Y, Hochberg Y. Controlling the False Discovery Rate: A Practical and Powerful 
Approach to Multiple Testing. J R Statist Soc B. 1995;57(1):289-300.
3. Juniper E. Asthma control questionnaire: Background, administration and analysis. 2012;
QOL Technologies, West Sussex, UK
(electronic 
 
 
 
1.0)